The Contractor shall exercise extreme caution in working in the area adjacent to the existing pipelines and utility services. It is essential that all the existing facilities be maintained in service. Construction of the connections between the existing facilities and the new facilities shall be at times and during periods acceptable to the City. The Contractor shall advise the Director in writing of its proposed Construction Schedule for these connections at least forty- eight (48) hours in advance.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:39
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] The Contractor shall uncover all piping and conduits, to a point one foot (1') below the pipe, where crossings, interferences, or connections are shown on the Contract Drawings, prior to trenching or excavating for any pipe or structures, to determine actual elevations. New pipelines shall be laid to such grade as to clear all existing facilities which are to remain in service. If the Contractor does not expose all required utilities, it shall not be entitled to additional compensation for Work necessary to avoid interferences nor for repair to damaged utilities. Excavations around underground electrical ducts and conduits shall be performed using extreme caution to prevent injury or damage to workers and to the electrical ducts or conduits. 5-1.31 PROPERTY RIGHTS IN MATERIALS. Nothing in the Contract shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any right of property in the materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the Work or soil or after partial payment has been made as provided in Section 7-1.07, “Progress Payments,” of these General Conditions for material delivered on the ground or stored subject to or under the control of the City and unused. All such material shall become the property of the City upon being so attached or affixed or upon payment for materials delivered on the ground or stored subject to or under the control of the City and unused, as provided in said Section 7-1.07.
5-1.32 COURT ORDERED DELAY. If, pursuant to court order, the Department temporarily suspends performance of all or any portion of the Work, an extension of time determined pursuant to the provisions in Section 6-1.08, “Liquidated Damages,” of these General Conditions will be granted.
5-1.33 NO PERSONAL LIABILITY. Neither the Director, nor any other officer or authorized employee of the City, shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under or by virtue of the Contract.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:40
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] 5-1.34 RIGHTS IN LAND AND IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall make no arrangements with any person or entity to permit occupancy or use of any land, structure or building within the limits of the Work, for any purpose whatsoever, either with or without compensation, in conflict with any agreement between the City and any third party owner, former owner, or tenant of such land, structure or buildings. The Contractor shall not occupy City-owned property outside the limit of the Work shown on the Contract Drawings unless it obtains prior approval.
5-1.35 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. The Contractor’s attention is directed to the following provision of Public Contract Code Section 7103.5(b), which is applicable to the Contractor and its Subcontractors:
“ In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all right s, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C.
Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising fr om purchases of goods, services , or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract.
This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the c ontractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties.”
5-1.36 RIGHTS TO DRAWINGS, TECHNICAL DATA PATENTS. Shop Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:41
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Drawings and Working Drawings submitted to the City by the Contractor, Subcontractor or any lower tier Subcontractor pursuant to the Agreement, are the property of the City and the City may use, and disclose in any manner and for any purpose, Shop Drawings and Working Drawings delivered under the Contract.
Technical Data including manuals or instructional materials, computer or microprocessor software which are delivered or submitted to the City by the Contractor, Subcontractor, or any lower tier Subcontract pursuant to the Contract are the property of the City, and the City may use or disclose same in any manner and for any purpose.
The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented materials, equipment, devices, or processes used on or incorporated in the Work, and shall defend, indemnify and save and hold harmless the City, and its duly authorized representatives, from all suits at law, or in equity, and actions of every nature for, or on account of the use of any patented materials, equipment, devices or processes. In case some materials, equipment, devices or processes are held to constitute an infringement and their use enjoined, the Contractor, at its expense, shall:
1. Secure for the City the right to continue using said materials, equipment, devices or processes by suspension of the injunction or by procuring a license or licenses; or
2. Replace such materials, equipment, devices, processes; or
3. Modify them so that they become non-infringing or remove the enjoined materials, equipment, devices or processes and refund the sums paid therefor without prejudice to any other rights of the City.
5-1.37 PAYMENT OF TAXES. Contractor shall pay all taxes and duties applicable to and assessable against any Work, equipment, materials, services, processes, and Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:42
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] operations incidental to or involved in the Agreement, including but not limited to, retail sales and use, transportation, export, import, business, and special taxes. The Contractor is responsible for ascertaining and acquainting itself with such taxes and making all necessary arrangements to pay them. The Contractor will maintain records that are auditable records, and these records shall be subject to the City’s review to verify that Contractor’s tax payments are current at all times.
The Contract Price paid for the Work shall include full compensation for all taxes which the Contractor is required to pay, whether imposed by Federal, State or local government, including, without being limited to, Federal excise tax. No tax exemption certificate nor any document designed to exempt the Contractor from payment of any tax will be furnished to the Contractor by the Department, as to any tax on labor, services, materials, transportation, or any other items furnished pursuant to the Contract.
The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all sales and use taxes, withholding taxes, whether Federal, State, or local, Social Security taxes, State Unemployment Insurance charges and all other taxes which are now or hereafter may be required to be paid or withheld under any laws.
5-1.38 GRATUITIES AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST. The Contractor shall not offer or provide gratuities in the form of gifts, entertainment, loans, meals, rewards, and/or services to representatives of the City, including but not limited to, officers, employees, agents, Engineering Service Consultants, Consulting Engineers and Architects, Inspectors and/or Testing Agencies retained by the City. If it is found that the Contractor has violated this provision, the Contract may be subject to termination for default as defined elsewhere in these General Conditions.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:43
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] During the term of the Contract and until the final payment has been made to the Contractor, the Contractor shall not employ or compensate in any manner whatsoever, the City’s officers, employees and authorized representatives, agents, and any Engineering Service Consultants, Consulting Engineers and Architects, Inspectors, and/or Testing Agencies retained by the City. Any exception to the employment or compensation to any of the above named parties must be made in writing by the City. If the Contractor offers or provides employment or compensation to those named above during the term of the Contract, the Contract may be subject to termination for default.
5-1.39 COOPERATION. Should construction be under way by City forces or other forces or by other Contractors within or adjacent to the limits of the Work or should Work of any other nature be under way by such forces within or adjacent to said limits, the Contractor shall cooperate with all such forces to the end that any delay, interference or hindrance to their Work will be avoided. The right is reserved to perform other or additional Work at or near the site at any time, by the use of such forces.
5-1.40 DIGGING TRENCHES OR OTHER EXCAVATIONS. In the event any work involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet (4’) below the surface, City and Contractor shall comply with the following:
A. The Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City in writing of any:
1. Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:44
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
2. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those made available to Contractor for inspection as provided in the project proposal.
3. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided for in the Contract.
B. The City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the Work shall issue a Change Order under the procedures described in the Contract.
C. In the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the Contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Contract. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. However, no claim of the Contractor under this clause shall be allowed unless the Contractor has given the notice required by this Section. No claim by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment hereunder shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under this Contract. 5-1.41 CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION. No contractor or subcontractor may work on a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall have a continuing legal obligation to maintain current Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 5:45
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] registration with the Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor is hereby notified that this project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.
5-1.42 CITY OF ROSEVILLE ENCROACHMENT PERMITS AND
RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The Contractor need not obtain a separate encroachment permit from the City prior to construction within street rights-of-way or other City rights-of-way. Execution of the Contract by the City shall be deemed an encroachment permit for work required by the Contract within rights-of-way. All work shall conform to the rules and regulations of encroachment permits and shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the Director and City Engineer.
To the extent indicated in the Contract Drawings , the City will provide the rights-of-way over private lands or the site to enable the Contractor to perform its work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for securing any additional rights-of-way desired by the Contractor. The City will not be a party to nor assume any liability for any separate agreements reached between the Contractor and any third parties with respect to these additional rights-of-way. The Contractor shall procure evidence that agreements are in place with said third parties before the Contractor uses those areas covered by the agreements. Any damage to such private lands caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:1
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 6
PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
6-1.01 SUBLETTING AND SUBCONTRACTING. The Contractor shall be responsible for all Work performed under the Contract. The Contractor shall give its personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between the City and any Subcontractor. The Contractor is fully responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of its Subcontractors of any tier. When any Subcontractor fails to prosecute a portion of the Work in a manner satisfactory to the Director, that Subcontractor shall not again be employed on the Work.
Although the sections of the Contract may be arranged according to various trades, or general grouping of the Work, the Contractor is not obligated to sublet the Work in such manner. The Director will not arbitrate disputes among Subcontractors or between Contractor and one or more Subcontractors concerning responsibility for performing any part of the Work.
The on-site production of materials produced by other than the Contractor’s own forces shall be considered as subcontracted. The erection, establishment or reopening of on-site plants for production of materials and the operation thereof in the production of materials for use on the Work shall conform to the requirements relating to labor set forth in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall also be responsible for coordinating the Work performed by Subcontractors and Suppliers.
The Contractor shall not substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of a Subcontractor listed on its bid proposal without the written approval of the Director.
Substitutions must be in accordance with the provisions of the “Subletting and Subcontracting Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:2
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Fair Practices Act” beginning with Public Contract Code Section 4100. Violations of this Act by the Contractor may subject it to penalties which may include cancellation of Contract, Assessment of ten percent (10%) of the Subcontractor's bid, and disciplinary action by the Contractors State License Board.
The Contractor shall pay any S ubcontractors approved by the City for work that has been satisfactorily performed no later than seven (7) Days from the date of Contractor’s receipt of progress payments by the City. Within seven (7) Days after receipt from the City of funds attributable to work performed by a Subcontractor, Contractor shall release any retainage payments withheld to the Subcontractor. In the event Contractor does not make progress payments or release retention to Subcontractors in accordance with the time period specified herein, Contractor may be subject to prompt payment penalties per statute. 6-1.02 ASSIGNMENT. The performance of this Contract may not be assigned, except upon the written consent of the City Council of the City of Roseville. Consent will not be given to any proposed assignment which would relieve the original Contractor or its surety of their responsibilities under the Contract nor will the City consent to any assignment of a part of the Work under the Contract.
The Contractor may assign moneys due or to become due to it under the Contract and such assignment will be recognized by the City, if given proper notice thereof, to the extent permitted by law, but any assignment of moneys shall be subject to all proper set-offs in favor of the City and to all deductions provided for in the Contract and particularly all money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the City for the completion of the Work in the event that the Contractor should be in default therein. 6-1.03 BEGINNING OF WORK. After the execution of the Contract by both Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:3
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] parties, the City will issue the Notice to Proceed upon its determination that it is appropriate for the Contract Time to commence.
The Contractor shall begin Work within fifteen (15) Days after receiving the Notice to Proceed from the Director, subject to the requirements stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents regarding, among other things, the submittal of Baseline Schedule, and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion within the time limit provided in the Supplemental Conditions. Contractor shall also achieve any and all Contract milestones as described elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall notify the Director, in writing, of its intent to begin Work at least seventy-two (72) hours before Work is begun. The notice shall be delivered to the Director and shall specify the date the Contractor intends to start. If the project has more than one (1) location of Work, a separate notice shall be given for each location.
The Contractor is not authorized to perform any Work until it has received a Notice to Proceed from the City. Should the Contractor begin Work in advance of receiving notice that the Contract has been approved as above provided, any Work performed by it in advance of the said date of approval shall be considered as having been done by the Contractor at its own risk and as a volunteer unless said Contract is so approved thereafter. 6-1.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE.
A. Preliminary Progress Schedule. The Contractor shall submit to the Director, within twenty (20) Days after date of the Notice to Proceed, a Preliminary Progress Schedule covering the Contractor's activities over the first three (3) months of operation in detail and the remainder of the project in summary. The Preliminary Progress Schedule shall schedule the project within the Contract Time for completion of the Work, and shall be subject to Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:4
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] favorable review by the Director.
B. CPM Schedule. The Contract or shall submit an acceptable Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule to the Director within thirty (30) Days after the receipt of the Notice to Proceed. Subsequent revisions to said schedule shall be submitted as set forth hereinafter. The requirement for the CPM schedule is included to allow for adequate planning and execution of the Work, to determine the critical nature of delays, and to assist the Director in appraising the reasonableness of the proposed schedule and evaluating progress of the Work. The CPM schedule submitted under this Section shall utilize a CPM format, either the precedence or arrow diagramming method. The definitions of CPM terms and functions shall be as provided in the Associated General Contractors of America book CPM in Construction, A Manual for General Contractors, or a favorably reviewed alternative publication or reference. No progress payment will be made prior to submission and acceptance of the CPM Schedule.
1. The CPM schedule system shall consist of diagrams and accompanying mathematical analyses. The diagrams shall show elements of the project in detail and an entire project summary. Diagrams shall show the order and interdependence of activities and sequence in which the Work is to be accomplished as planned by the Contractor. The basic concept of a network analysis diagram shall be followed to show how the start of a given activity is dependent on the completion of preceding activities and its completion restricts the start of following activities. Detailed network activities shall include, in addition to construction activities, the submittal and favorable review of samples of material and Shop Drawings, the procurement of critical materials and equipment, fabrication of special material and equipment, and their Installation and testing. All activities of the City and the Director that affect progress and required Contract dates for completion of all or parts of the Work shall be shown. The Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:5
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] selection and number of activities shall be subject to favorable review by the Director. Summary networks shall be time scaled. Durations shall be in Days and shall not exceed fifteen (15) Days, except for submittal and delivery items. Where the duration of continuous Work exceeds fifteen (15) Days, Work items in the Construction Schedule shall be subdivided by location, approximate stationing or other sub-element of the Work.
The graphic network diagram shall include for each activity, the description, activity number, the estimated duration in Days, and all activity relationship lines.
The network diagram shall be drawn for the early start of activities. All significant Submittals shall be scheduled along with manual Submittals and training on all large or critical pieces of equipment. If the precedence technique is utilized, the schedule project shall include a calendar in Work Days, a network report sorted by early start and a logic table report sorted by preceding Work item. If the arrow technique is utilized, the schedule report shall include a calendar in Work Days, a network report sorted by early start, a network report sorted by I-J numbers, and a network sorted by slack time and I-J numbers.
2. The critical path shall be shown on all reports and on the graphic network diagram. The activities which constitute the critical path shall be identified.
3. The mathematical analysis of the network diagram shall include a tabulation of each activity. The following information shall be furnished as a minimum for each activity:
(a) preceding and following event numbers
(b) activity description and number
(c) estimated duration of activities
(d) earliest start date (by calendar date)
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:6
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] (e) earliest finish date (by calendar date)
(f) actual start date (by calendar date)
(g) actual finish date (by calendar date)
(h) latest start date (by calendar date)
(i) latest finish date (by calendar date)
(j) slack or float
(k) percentage of activity completed
4. The program shall be capable of accepting revised completion dates as modified by approved time adjustments and recomputations of all tabulation dates and float accordingly.
5. Submission and review of the system shall be as follows:
(a) The complete network analysis system, consisting of the detailed network mathematical analysis and network diagrams, shall be submitted within thirty (30) Days after receipt of the Notice to Proceed.
(b) The Contractor shall participate in a review and evaluation of the proposed network diagrams and analysis by the Director. Any revisions necessary as a result of this review shall be resubmitted for review by the Director within ten (10) Days. When completed, the favorably reviewed schedule shall then be the schedule to be used by the Contractor for planning, organizing and directing the Work and for reporting progress. If the Contractor thereafter desires to make significant changes in its method of operating and scheduling, the Contractor shall notify the Director in writing stating the reasons for the change. (c) The Contractor shall submit at monthly intervals a report of the actual construction progress. Each monthly report shall cover a period of approximately thirty Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:7
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] (30) Days ending around the 20th of each month. The monthly reports shall be submitted within ten (10) Days of the end of the reporting period.
(1) If the project is proceeding on schedule, the monthly update report may consist of a marked-up copy of the graphical network diagram. This submittal shall clearly indicate the status of any minor shifts in sequence or schedule and the estimated completion date or percent complete of all activities currently in progress. The Contract completion date shall also be indicated. The Contractor shall submit a narrative report relating to status of construction, the schedule, and factors which may affect the remainder of the schedule. The report shall show the activities or portions of activities completed during the reporting period. The report shall state the percentage of the Work actually completed and scheduled as of the report date and the progress along the critical path in terms of Days ahead or behind the allowable dates. (2) If, in the opinion of the Director, the project is behind schedule, the monthly report shall include a revised network diagram and/or mathematical analysis showing the Contractor's proposed revised schedule. An analysis of the effect that the delay has on progress along other paths shall also be included in the report. The Contractor shall also submit a narrative report with each updated analysis which shall include but not to be limited to a description of current and anticipated problem areas, delaying factors and their impact, and an explanation of corrective actions taken or proposed.
(3) Periodic report shall be submitted in sufficient copies to cover Contractor needs plus five (5) copies and an available electronic copy to be retained by the Director.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:8
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
6. To the extent that the favorably reviewed initial Construction Schedule, or revisions thereto, indicate anything not jointly agreed upon, it shall be deemed to be not favorably reviewed by the Director. Any omission of Work from the detailed schedule, otherwise required for Contract compliance, will not excuse the Contractor from completing such Work within any applicable completion date. The CPM schedule shall be generated by computer methods.
C. Schedule Review. Once each month, on a date mutually agreed upon, but no later than seven (7) business days after the monthly schedule progress report date, a Work Site meeting will be held to review the Construction Schedule and job progress. The Contractor shall also attend weekly meetings scheduled by the Director to review the progress of the Work in the preceding week and in the subsequent week, coordinate the Work with public agencies or other Contractors as required, and allow the Director to plan his or her activities for testing, inspection, etc.
D. Schedule Revisions. The conditions under which the Director will require revisions of the Construction Schedule include the following:
1. When delay in completion of any Work item or sequence of Work items results in an estimated extension of project completion by either twenty (20) business days or by ten percent (10%) of the remaining duration of time to complete the Contract, whichever is less.
2. When delays in Submittals or deliveries make replanning or rescheduling of the Work necessary.
3. When the schedule does not represent actual prosecution and progress of the Work.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:9
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
4. When any change to the sequence of activities, the completion date for major portions of the Work, or when changes occur which affect the critical path.
5. When Contract Amendments or a Change Order necessitates schedule revision, the Contractor shall submit a schedule analysis of all Change Order Work with its proposal.
E. Cash Flow Projection. A cash flow projection shall be submitted with the Construction Schedule. This cash flow projection shall be revised and resubmitted when revisions of the Construction Schedule will result in changes to the projected cash flow.
F. Schedules showing project completion dates earlier than specified in the Supplemental Conditions will be rejected unless justification can be provided for early completion.
6-1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES. Prior to preparation of the first estimate for a progress payment, the Contractor shall submit for favorable review by the Director a detailed Schedule of Values or cost breakdown of the Work under each bid item awarded. The breakdown will then become the basis for partial payment determination. Elements of Work shall be grouped by structure, pipeline, system, etc. Within each grouping, Work should be itemized by readily measurable quantities of Work complete in place. For example, concrete should be in units of cubic yards including form Work and reinforcing steel. Move-on costs, bond and insurance costs, and Overhead costs shall not be considered an item of cost for this purpose but shall be prorated over items of Work. In the event the Schedule of Values is not favorable reviewed by the Director, another Schedule of Values shall be submitted that is mutually acceptable to the Contractor and the Director. 6-1.06 CITY’S RIGHT TO STOP WORK. The Director shall have the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:10
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] authority to order the Contractor, in writing, to suspend the Work wholly or in part, for such period as the Director may deem necessary due to the failure on the part of the Contractor to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or if Contractor persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall immediately comply with the written order of the Director to suspend the Work wholly or in part. The suspended Work shall be resumed when conditions are favorable and methods are corrected, as ordered or approved in writing by the Director.
Any stoppage of work under this section shall be at the Contractor’s sole expense, and the Contractor shall have no claim against the City based on the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
In addition to the City’s right to stop Work, the City may order the Contractor to submit to the City at no additional cost to the City, additional information concerning Contractor’s planned Work if the Contractor fails to promptly correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The additional information ordered by the City may include, but is not limited to, preparation of Submittals or Working Drawings not otherwise required to be submitted under the Contract Documents.
In the event the City discovers that the Contractor has created an unsafe condition the City may arrange for other work forces to remedy the condition. Such remedial work shall be at the sole discretion of the City. If this action is required, the City may unilaterally terminate Work under the Contract, and will pay only for the quantities of Work actually performed, less the cost of the City’s remedial Work. In the event that Work is not halted, the Contractor must take immediate steps to correct the situation. There will be no extra payment for Work required Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:11
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] to correct unsafe conditions.
The right of the City to suspend the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the City to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity. This right shall be in addition to and not in restriction or derogation of the City’s other rights under the Contract Documents.
In the event of a suspension of Work under any of the conditions set forth in this Section 6-1.06, such suspension of Work shall not relieve the Contractor of its legal responsibilities as set forth in these General Conditions.
6-1.07 TIME OF COMPLETION. The Contractor shall complete the entire Work, including Installation, repairs, startup, troubleshooting, painting, and touchup, training, submittal or record drawings, and manuals, cleanup, demobilization, and all other Work within the number of Days set forth in the Supplemental Conditions. The time for completion includes an allowance for working time lost due to normal inclement weather.
Extensions of time may be allowed for unusual inclement weather under the provisions hereinafter described. Unusual inclement weather is weather which adversely affects “controlling” operations or the critical path of construction and which meets one of the following criteria:
A. For the particular calendar month in question, the number of individual Days with rainfall exceeding 0.10 inches exceeds the average number of such Days for that month over the immediately preceding five (5) years of record by at least three (3) Days.
B. For the particular calendar month in question, the total cumulative rainfall for that month exceeds the average cumulative rainfall for that month over the immediately preceding five (5) years of record by at least two inches (2”).
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:12
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Rainfall shall be measured at a publicly operated, maintained, and reported station in reasonable proximity to the construction site. A claim for delay shall indicate the period of rainfall which is claimed as “unusual,” the specific dates during which the unusual rainfall and subsequent wet soil conditions prevented Work, and the specific critical path tasks adversely affected by such unusual weather. A claim for delay due to unusual inclement weather shall be filed within ten (10) Days of the apparent end of the unusual inclement rainfall period, whether or not the monthly totals are available at that time. The burden of proof that weather meets the criteria for unusual weather shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to order materials required for the Work properly and promptly on a Notice to Proceed. If evidence presented demonstrates that, in spite of the Contractor's efforts, government-established priorities controls delay material deliveries, suitable extension of time will be made.
If performance of extra Work ordered by the City or failure of the City to provide the necessary site for Installation affects construction tasks which are “controlling” or which are on the “critical path” of the Construction Schedule, suitable extensions of time will be made.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to a time extension for delays in activities on non-critical paths of the favorably reviewed schedule unless the duration of the excusable delay exceeds the total float of the activities being delayed. If the duration of an excusable delay does exceed the total float of the activities affected by the delay, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension equal to the difference.
C. Determination that a day is a non-working day by reason of inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, shall be made by the Director. 6-1.08 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. It is agreed by the parties to the Contract Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:13
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] that in case all the Work called for under the Contract in all parts and requirements is not completed within the number of Days as set forth in the Supplemental Conditions, damage will be sustained by the City and that it is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay; and it is therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City, the monetary amount indicated in the Supplemental Conditions in dollars (U.S.) per day for each and every calendar day of delay in completing the Work in excess of the number of Days prescribed and the number of additional calendar days, if any, authorized by Contract Change Order; and the Contractor agrees to pay said Liquidated Damages herein provided for, and further agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any moneys due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract.
It is further agreed that in case the Work is not finished and completed in all parts and requirements within the number of Days specified, the City shall have the right to increase the number of Days or not, as it may deem best to serve the interest of the City, and if it decides to increase the said number of Days, it shall further have the right to charge to the Contractor, its heirs, assigns or sureties and to deduct from the final payment for the Work all of any part, as it may deem proper, of the actual cost of engineering, inspection, superintendence, and other Overhead expenses which are directly chargeable to the Contract, and which accrue during the period of such extension, except that cost of preparation of final statement shall not be included in such charges.
6-1.09 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS TO THE WORK. The Contractor must complete all Work within the time specified in the Agreement. The Contractor will be granted an extension of time and will not be assessed with liquidated damages or the cost of engineering Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:14
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] and inspection for any delay in substantially completing the Work (or parts thereof) beyond the time set forth in the Agreement, provided that such delay was caused by unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include acts of public enemy, fire, floods, abnormal weather (as described below), earthquakes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, labor disputes and freight embargoes, fire, changes made pursuant to the provisions of “Changes in the Work” under Section 3 of these General Conditions or acts or neglect of the City not contemplated by the Contract Documents.
In all cases, any extension of time is conditioned on the following:
1. That the cause is not due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and the Contractor has taken reasonable precautions to prevent and minimize the effects thereof; and
2. That the Contractor notifies the Director in writing within three (3) Days from the beginning of such delay specifying the nature of the delay and the measures that have been or will be taken to prevent or minimize the delay. Failure to submit written notice within this time period shall constitute an absolute waiver of any claim for a time extension.
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by a shortage of materials, unless the Contractor furnishes to the City documentary proof that it has diligently made every effort to obtain such materials from all known sources within reasonable reach of the work and further proof, as acceptable to the Director, that the inability to obtain such materials when originally planned did in fact cause a delay in Final Completion of the entire Work which could not be compensated for by revising the sequence of the Contractor’s operations. Only the physical shortage of material will be considered as a cause for extension of time, and no consideration Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:15
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] will be given to any claim that material could not be obtained at a reasonable, practical or economical cost or price, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the City that such material could have been obtained only at exorbitant prices entirely out of line with current rates, taking into account the quantities involved and the usual practices in obtaining such quantities.
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by Contractor’s staff turnovers, understaffing or insufficient quantity of qualified staff able to perform the necessary work.
The term “shortage of materials,” as used in this section, shall apply only to materials, articles, parts or equipment which are standard items and shall not apply to materials, parts, articles or equipment which are processed, made, constructed, fabricated or manufactured to meet the specific requirements of the Contract Documents.
No extensions of time will be granted for delays that have no measureable impact on the completion of the Work (or parts thereof) under the Contract Documents. When extensions of time are granted, they will be limited to the period equivalent to the actual number of Days lost on the critical path or controlling operations of the Construction Schedule, taking into account the extent to which that delay could be decreased by reasonable mitigation measures by the Contractor. All requests for extensions of time must be supported with a critical path analysis showing the critical path and impacts to it. Contractor’s failure to submit this analysis will be sufficient cause for denial of any request for a time extension.
Within a reasonable period of time after the Contractor submits the notice and information required by this section, the City will determine whether an extension of time is justified and, if so, the number of days for the extension.
Abnormal weather may be a valid basis for a time extension under the Agreement. “Abnormal Weather” occurs when the number of days of rain above 0.5 inches in a 24 hour Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:16
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] period exceeds the average for such rainfall in a particular month as determined by the National Weather Service. The Contractor will only be entitled to, at most, a time extension for the number of days of rain exceeding the average for that month in the locale where the Work is to be performed. If delays are caused by the Contractor or those for whom the Contractor is responsible, the Contractor will only be entitled to, at most, a time extension for the number of rain days exceeding the average for the month when the Work should have been performed.
In addition, before a time extension may be granted for abnormal weather, the Contractor must establish that the rain either significantly impacted at least sixty percent (60%) of the planned work of the controlling operations for a particular day or prohibited at least five (5) hours of work on the controlling operations planned for that day. Contractor shall employ reasonably methods to mitigate the impact of abnormal weather (i.e., dewatering, protection of site, etc.) The occurrence of rain during non-work hours or having minimal impact to work on the controlling operation shall not constitute a day of abnormal weather.
In the event that the project experiences favorable weather for a particular month (e.g., the number of actual rain days in a month less than that indicated above for allowable rain days per months), the additional float resulting from such favorable weather shall accrue to the project.
Any Contractor claim for damages or additional compensation based on delay shall be limited to only those circumstances where the Contractor has fulfilled each of the following three (3) requirements:
1. Contractor has established its entitlement to a time extension pursuant to the provisions described above regarding delay and extensions to the Work.
2. The delay was caused solely by the City’s issuance of changes made pursuant to the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:17
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] provisions of “Changes in the Work” under Section 3 of these General Conditions or by acts or neglect of the City.
3. The delay was unreasonable under the circumstances and not within the contemplation of the parties.
It is expressly understood and agreed that delays caused by the City will be non- compensable when there are concurrent delays caused by the Contractor. Also, the Contractor shall have no entitlement to additional compensation for any delay where there have been concurrent delays caused by non-compensable delays, including, but not limited to, fire, floods, earthquakes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, labor disputes, and freight embargoes.
Contractor’s damages and/or additional compensation for delays will consist solely of the extended costs of maintaining the Contractor’s Work Site presence. The Contractor will not be entitled to any extended home office overhead.
Compensation for idle time of equipment will be determined in the same manner as determinations are made for equipment used in the performance of extra work paid for on a Force Account basis with the following exceptions:
1. The time for which compensation will be paid will be the actual normal working hours during which such delay conditions exists, but in no case will exceed eight (8) hours in any one day.
2. The days for which compensation will be paid will be each calendar day of the work week (defined elsewhere in the Contract Documents) and Legal Holidays, during the existence of such delay, except that when rental of the equipment is paid for under the provisions in Section 3-1.06C, “Force Account Payment – Equipment,” of these General Conditions, no payment will be made for delays in accordance with the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:18
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] provisions of this section.
Actual loss shall be understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of personnel, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment will be determined as provided in this section and compensation for idle time of personnel will be determined pursuant to Section 3-1.06A, “Force Account Payment – Labor,” of these General Conditions. No markup will be added in either case for Overhead and profit.
The cost of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work as provided pursuant to “Changes to the Work” elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6-1.10 TERMINATION.
6-1.10A TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT – CONVENIENCE OF
CITY. The Department reserves the right to terminate the Contract at any time and for any reason if the Director determines that to do so would be in the best interest of the City. Any termination which is not based on the circumstances set forth in Section 6.1-10B below shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.
Upon the Cont ractor’s receipt of a written Notice of Termination for convenience, the Contractor shall cease Work as to those portions of the project so terminated and shall undertake the steps outlined in Section 6-1.10B below.
1. Acceptance of the Contract as hereinafter specified shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for damage to materials except as follows:
a. The Contractor's responsibility for damage to materials for which partial payment has been made as provided in Section 7-1.07, “Progress Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:19
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Payments,” of these General Conditions and for materials furnished by the City for use in the Work and unused shall terminate when the Director certifies that such materials have been stored in the manner and at the locations he or she has directed.
b. The Contractor's responsibility for damage to materials purchased by the City subsequent to the issuance of the notice that the Contract is to be terminated shall terminate when title and delivery of such materials has been taken by the City.
c. When the Director determines that the Contractor has completed the Work under the Contract directed to be completed prior to termination and such other Work as may have been ordered to secure the project for termination, the Contractor will recommend that the City formally accept the Work, and immediately upon and after such Acceptance by the City, the Contractor will not be required to perform any further Work thereon and shall be relieved of its contractual responsibilities for injury to persons or damage to property which occurs after the formal Acceptance of the project by the City.
2. The total compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be determined by the Director on the basis of the following:
a. The reasonable cost to the Contractor, without profit, for all Work performed under the Contract, including mobilization, demobilization and Work done to secure the project for termination. Reasonable cost will include a reasonable allowance for project Overhead and general Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:20
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] administrative Overhead not to exceed a total of seven percent (7%) of Direct Costs of such Work.
b. A reasonable allowance for profit on the cost of the Work performed as determined under subsection (a), provided the Contractor establishes to the satisfaction of the Director that it is reasonably probable that it would have made a profit had the Contract be completed and provided further, that the profit allowed shall in no event exceed four percent (4%) of said cost. c. The reasonable cost to the Contractor of handling material returned to the vendor, delivered to the Department or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Director.
d. A reasonable allowance for the Contractor's administrative costs in determining the amount payable due to termination of the Contract.
All records of the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors, necessary to determine compensation in accordance with this Section, shall be open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Department at all times after issuance of the notice that the Contract is to be terminated and for a period of three (3) years, and such records shall be retained for that period.
After Acceptance of the Work by the Director, the Director may make payments on the basis of interim estimates pending issuance of the Final Statement, when in his or her opinion the amount thus paid, together with all amounts previously paid or allowed, will not result in total compensation in excess of that to which the Contractor will be entitled. All payments, including payment upon the Final Statement, shall be subject to deduction for prior payments and amounts, if any, to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:21
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] In the event that the City terminates this Contract under Section 6-1.10B below and it is determined for any reason that there was not sufficient cause to do so, the City’s termination automatically will convert to a termination for convenience under this section and the terms and conditions outlined in this section automatically will be applied to effectuate the Contract termination. Thus, damages to which a Contractor may be entitled as a result of an improper default termination will be limited to the amounts provided for in this section.
The provisions of this section shall be included in all subcontracts. 6-1.10B TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT - FOR CAUSE. An
“Event of Default” as referred to in this section shall occur if the Contractor:
1. Fails to maintain progress of the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or
2. Fails to prosecute the Work or any of its components in accordance with the Contract Documents; or
3. Persistently or repeatedly fails or refuses to supply sufficient properly skilled workers or proper material to permit the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or
4. Fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or Suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and Contractor and Supplier; or
5. Fails to comply with applicable laws, ordinances or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction over the Work; or
6. Abandons, assigns or sublets the Contract without approval of the City; or
7. Becomes bankrupt or is subject to appointment of a receiver on behalf of the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:22
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Contractor; or
8. Otherwise is guilty of a substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.
Upon the City’s reasonable belief that there has been an Event of Default by the Contractor, the City may elect to give the Contractor written notice thereof. The Contractor thereafter shall cure the default as soon as possible and in no event after ten (10) Days from the Contractor’s receipt of the City’s written notice.
If the Contractor does not timely cure its default, the City may, without waiver of any of its other rights and remedies, elect to terminate the Contract, or portion thereof.
Upon the C ity’s election to terminate the Contract, or portion thereof, the City shall have the right to complete the Work, or portion involved, by whatever means and methods it deems expedient, including the hiring of others on such terms as the City deems advisable. The City shall have the right to take possession of the Contractor’s materials, plant, tools, equipment and property of any kind provided by or on behalf of the Contractor for the purpose of the Work, or a portion of them, without being responsible to the Contractor for wear and tear. The Contractor shall have no rights in such property during its use by the City. The City shall not be required to obtain the lowest prices for completing the Work or a portion of it but shall make such expenditures as, in the City’s sole judgment, best accomplish such completion.
The expense of completing such Work or portion thereof, together with a reasonable charge for engineering, managerial and administrative services, as certified by the City, shall be charged to the Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted by the City out of such monies as may be due or may at any time thereafter become due to the Contractor. In case such expense is more than the sum which otherwise would have been payable to the Contractor under the Agreement, then the Contractor or its surety or sureties shall promptly pay the amount of Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:23
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] such excess so due. When the City terminates the Contract under this section, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payments until the Work is completed and there has been a final settlement of costs of completing the Work covered by such notice of default.
The City will issue to the Contractor a written notice specifying that the Contract, or portion thereof, is terminated. Upon receipt of said written notice and, except as otherwise directed in writing by the City, the Contractor shall:
1. Stop all Work under the Contract; or if partial termination, stop Work relating to the terminated portion of the Agreement;
2. Perform Work the City deems necessary to secure the Work Site for termination including measures to leave the Work Site in a safe condition;
3. Remove equipment from the site of Work, as specified by the City;
4. Take such action as is reasonably necessary to protect materials from damage;
5. Notify all Subcontractors and Suppliers that the Contract or portion thereof is being terminated and that their contracts or orders are not to be further performed unless otherwise authorized in writing by the City;
6. Provide the City with an inventory list of all materials previously produced, purchased or ordered from Suppliers for use in the Work and not yet used in the Work, including its storage location, and such other information as the City may request;
7. Dispose of materials not used in the Work as directed by the Director. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to provide the City (a) with good title to all materials purchased by the City hereunder, including materials for which partial payment has been made by the City and (b) with bills of sale or other documents of title for such Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 6:24
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] materials;
8. Subject to the prior written approval of the City, settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of Subcontractors or orders for materials terminated hereunder.
To the extent directed by the City, the Contractor shall assign to the City all rights, title and interests of the Contractor under subcontracts or orders for materials terminated hereunder. The City shall be at liberty to negotiate with and engage any Subcontractors who had contracted with the Contractor for the Work;
9. Furnish the City with the documentation required to be furnished by the Contractor under the provisions of the Contract Documents, including, on projects as to which Federal funds are involved, all documentation required under the Federal requirements included in the Agreement; and
10. Take such other actions as the City may direct.
If only a portion of the Work has been terminated, the Contractor shall perform the remainder of the Work in conformity with the Contract Documents and in such a manner as not to interfere with the City or others in their performance and completion of the portion of the Work which was terminated.
The City may recover from the Contractor the amount of any loss or damage, including consequential damages, suffered or incurred as a result of the Contractor’s default.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:1
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 7
ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT
7-1.01 ACCEPTANCE. When the Contractor believes that the entire Work is fully and finally completed, including the satisfactory completion of inspections, tests, and documentation specified in the Contract Documents and completion of all punch list and clean- up items, the Contractor shall submit to the City a written request for final Acceptance within fifteen (15) Days thereafter, specifying that the Work is fully and finally completed and the date on which it was completed. Within thirty (30) Days after receipt of the request for final Acceptance, the City will inspect the Work and will either:
1. Reject the request for final Acceptance, specifying the defective and/or uncompleted portions of the Work; or
2. Notify the Contractor that the Work will be accepted by Resolution of the City Council of the City of Roseville, and a Notice of Completion will be caused to be recorded by the City Clerk; or
3. Notify the Contractor that the Work has been accepted by the City but no Notice of Completion will be recorded.
If the City rejects the request for final Acceptance, the Contractor shall promptly remedy the defective and/or uncompleted portions of the Work. Thereafter, the Contractor shall again submit a written request for final Acceptance of the Work, specifying a new date based on the date the defective and/or uncompleted portions of the Work were corrected. Thereafter, the foregoing procedure shall apply successively until the City has verified that the Work is fully and finally completed and accepted the Work by Resolution of the City Council or by written Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:2
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] notification from the Director. Immediately upon such Acceptance, the Contractor shall be relieved of the duty of maintaining the Work as a whole.
All warranties commence upon f inal Acceptance of the Work. The City’s final Acceptance of the Work shall not be construed as an acceptance by the City of any latent defects discovered with regard to the Contractor’s work. Furthermore, Contractor’s obligations under Section 5-1.22 “Responsibility for Damage and Indemnification” shall still remain applicable after the City’s grant of final Acceptance of the Work.
Prior to final Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the City the Record Documents and Operation and Maintenance Manuals as specified in the Contract Documents. 7-1.02 SCOPE OF PAYMENT. The Contractor shall accept the compensation provided in the Contract as full payment for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to the completed Work and for performing all Work contemplated and embraced under the Contract; also for loss or damage arising from the nature of the Work, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the prosecution of the Work until the Acceptance by the Director and for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the Work, also for all expenses incurred in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the Work as provided in the Contract; and for completing the Work according to the Contract. Neither the payment of any estimate nor of any retained percentage shall relieve the Contractor of any obligation to make good any defective Work or material.
No compensation will be made in any case for loss of anticipated profits. 7-1.03 NOTICE OF POTENTIAL CLAIM. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act or failure to act by the City, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:3
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] including failure or refusal to issue a Change Order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence or other cause unless the Contractor has given the City due written Notice of Potential Claim as hereinafter specified, provided, however, that compliance with this Section 7-
1.03 shall not be a prerequisite as to matters within the scope of the notice provisions in Section 6-1.07, “Time of Completion,” or the notice provisions in Section 6-1.08, “Liquidated Damages,” of these General Conditions, nor to any claim which is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to correct quantities.
The written Notice of Potential Claim shall set forth the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due, the nature of the costs involved, and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim. The said Notice as above required must have been given to the Director prior to the time that the Contractor shall have performed the Work giving rise to the potential claim for additional compensation, if based on an act or failure to act by the Director, or in all other cases within seven (7) Days after the happening of the event, thing, occurrence or other cause giving rise to the potential claim.
If the Notice of Potential Claim does not include complete information about the claim or the parties do not execute a Contract Change Order in connection with the Notice of Potential Claim, Contractor shall submit complete information about its claim for additional compensation and/or extension of time for performance within fifteen (15) Days after such work is performed.
Failure to provide written notice of claim prior to undertaking such work or failure to timely submit a complete and specific information about the claim for additional compensation and/or extension of the time for performance shall be deemed a waiver and abandonment of such claim.
If there is a dispute over any claim, the Contractor shall continue to Work during the dispute resolution process in a diligent and timely manner as directed by the City, and shall be Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:4
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] governed by all applicable provision of the Agreement.
The Contractor shall maintain cost records of all Work that is the basis of any dispute.
On a daily basis, Contractor shall submit to City completed daily forms, the format of which will be acceptable to the City, with respect to the Contractor’s costs of performing the disputed work.
These daily forms shall itemize all of Contractor’s costs in performing the disputed work, including, but not limited to, all costs relating to materials, labor and equipment with respect to the disputed work. These daily forms shall provide names or identification and classification of affected workers, the hourly rate of pay and hours worked, and also the size, type, and identification number of equipment and hours operated. Said daily work forms shall be duly signed and verified by the Contractor or its authorized representative. The City’s receipt of the Contractors’ daily forms shall not constitute an approval of the Contractor’s claim. Contractor’s failure to submit the daily forms on a daily basis shall constitute a waiver of the Contractor’s right to claim any additional compensation for the disputed work.
Each Contractor claim shall include full and complete information concerning the Claim.
Contractor shall provide a clear, concise recital of the basis, upon which the claim is asserted, including a designation of the provisions of the Contract Documents upon which the claim is based. Contractor shall also include a statement as to the amount of time and/or compensation sought pursuant to the claim; if Contractor’s claim arises from an ongoing occurrence, Contractor shall so state in its claim, including a description of the specific Work activities affected by the claim. All costs, expenses or damages and extensions of time claimed shall be described in reasonable detail under the circumstances together with complete supporting documentation.
The City will review any timely Notice of Potential Claim and supporting information Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:5
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] submitted by Contractor. In conducting this review, the City shall have the right to require the Contractor to submit such additional or supporting documents, data and other information as the City may require.
If an agreement can be reached which resolves the Contractor’s claim, the parties will execute a Contract Change Order to document the resolution of the claim. If the parties cannot reach agreement with respect to the Contractor’s claim, the Contractor shall still be obligated to comply with the claim identification provisions identified in these General Conditions, including but not limited to Section 7-1.04.
It is the intention of this Section 7-1.03 that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the Contract be brought to the attention of the Director at the earliest possible time in order that such matters may be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. The Contractor hereby agrees that it shall have no right to additional compensation for any Claim that may be based on any such act, failure to act, event, thing or occurrence for which no timely written Notice of Potential Claim as herein required was filed. 7-1.04 CLAIMS. Contractor must submit all Claims, for which it has previously submitted a Notice of Potential Claim, prior to Acceptance of the Work. Each such Claim must be sent to the City by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested and must contain reasonable documentation to support the Claim.
Upon receipt of a Claim, the City shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and, within a period not to exceed forty-five (45) Days, or such further time as mutually agreed upon or necessary pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 9204, the City shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying what portion of the Claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. If the City does not respond to a Claim from the Contractor within the time Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:6
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] specified herein, such Claim shall be deemed rejected in its entirety.
Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within sixty (60) Days after the City issues its written statement.
If the Contractor disputes the City’s written response, or if the City does not respond within the time specified herein, the Contractor may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within thirty (30) Days for settlement of the dispute.
Within ten (10) business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the City shall provide the Contractor a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within sixty (60) Days after the City issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the Claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the City and the Contractor sharing the associated costs equally. The City and the Contractor shall mutually agree to a mediator within ten (10) business days after the disputed portion of the Claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the Claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 7-1.05 below.
7-1.05 DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE. All Claims not resolved Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:7
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] pursuant to Section 7-1.04, shall be resolved pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 10240, et seq.
7-1.06 STOP PAYMENT NOTICES. The City, by and through the Department or other appropriate office or officers, may at its option and at any time retain out of any amounts due the Contractor, sums sufficient to cover claims, filed pursuant to Civil Code Section 9350, et seq., including an amount to provide for the reasonable cost of any litigation thereunder. 7-1.07 PROGRESS PAYMENTS. Within fifteen (15) Days after the effective date in the Notice to Proceed, but in any event prior to Contractor’s first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the City a detailed Schedule of Values.
Upon its approval, the Schedule of Values will form a basis for determining the compensation payable to the Contractor based on its actual progress of Work with respect to each Lump Sum bid item. The City, prior to any progress payment being made, must approve the Schedule of Values.
At the Director’s discretion the approved Schedule of Values may be used as the basis for calculating the adjustment in compensation for a lump sum bid item due to changes ordered by the Director. When an ordered change increases or decreases the quantities shown in an approved Schedule of Values, at the Director’s discretion, the adjustment in compensation may be determined in the same manner specified for increases and decreases in the quantity of a bid item of work in accordance with Section 3-1.05(B), “Contract Price Adjustment,” of these General Conditions.
The Contractor once in each month shall submit an Application for Payment, for approval by the Director. Contractor’s Applications shall be based on the Schedule of Values submitted to the City. These applications shall be supported by: (1) documentation requested by the City to Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:8
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] substantiate the payment request; (2) statutory releases from Contractor and all Subcontractors and suppliers pursuant to Civil Code Sections 8132 and 8138; and (3) certified payroll records for the period for which payment is requested. Specifically, the Contractor will submit conditional waivers upon progress payment executed by all contractors and suppliers that will be receiving sums sought in the instant payment request and also submit unconditional waivers upon progress payment executed by all contractors and suppliers that have been paid to the date of the payment request. The Contractor shall certify that the Work for which payment is requested has been accomplished. When requested by the City, the Contractor shall submit receipts, invoices and other documentation that the City requires to be furnished for purpose of evaluating the application.
The City will pay the Contractor within thirty (30) Days after its receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted Application for Payment, after deducting all previous payments, retention, and other sums as described in the Contract Documents. Within seven (7) Days of its receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, the City will determine whether it complies with the provisions of the Contract Documents. As appropriate, the City will return the application to the Contractor accompanied by a document prepared by the City setting forth the reasons for the rejection. Thereafter, the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the Application for Payment. Progress payments may be withheld for Work that is not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The City may deduct the following from each progress payment:
1. An amount equal to one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of the amount claimed under any stop payment notice or other lien filed against the Contractor, which includes an amount to provide for the reasonable cost of any litigation Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:9
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] thereunder.
2. Any Liquidated Damages or Assessments that have accrued as of the date of the Application for Payment.
3. Any sums expended by the City in performing any of the Contractor’s obligations under the Agreement that the Contractor has failed to perform.
4. Any other sums that the City is entitled to recover from the Contractor under the terms of the Contract including damages to the City’s property.
5. The failure of the City to deduct any of the above identified sums from a progress payment shall not constitute a waiver of the City’s right to such sums.
No such estimate or payment shall be construed to be an a cceptance of any defective Work or improper materials.
Under no circumstances will the City make payment to unlicensed Contractors. As a condition of payment, the Contractor is required to maintain the applicable Contractor’s license as identified in the Notice to Contractors for the duration of the Work. 7-1.08 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ON HAND.
Partial payments may be made to the extent of seventy-five percent (75%) of the cost of materials and equipment plus delivery to be incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and are delivered to acceptable sites on the plant site or at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the City and only with the prior written approval by the City. Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials and equipment may be included in the next progress payment after the following conditions are met:
A. Equipment and materials will only be eligible if given conditional or final Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:10
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Acceptance by the Director and are in apparent compliance with favorably reviewed Submittals.
B. Only equipment or materials which have received favorable review of Shop Drawings will qualify.
C. The material or equipment has been stored or stockpiled adequately protected against damage in a manner acceptable to the Director at an approved site.
D. The Contractor has furnished the Director with acceptable evidence of the quantity and the quality of such stored or stockpiled materials or equipment with identification of where they will be incorporated into the project with Specification reference.
E. The Contractor has furnished the Director with satisfactory evidence that the material or equipment and transportation costs have been paid.
F. The Contractor has furnished the City legal title (free of liens or encumbrances of any kind) and lien releases to the material or equipment so stored or stockpiled.
G. The Contractor has furnished the City evidence that the material or equipment so stored or stockpiled is insured against loss by damage to or disappearance of such materials at any time prior to use in the Work.
It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the City payment for such stored or stockpiled materials or equipment shall in no way relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for furnishing and placing such materials or equipment in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
In no case will the amount of progress payments for materials or equipment on hand exceed the Contract Price for such materials or equipment or the Contract Price for the Contract item in which the material is intended to be used.
No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:11
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] materials.
The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the progress payment of stored or stockpiled materials or equipment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. 7-1.09 RETENTION ON PROGRESS PAYMENTS. From each progress payment estimate, five percent (5%) will be deducted and held in retention by the City. The remainder, less any deductions described in Section 7-1.07, “Progress Payments,” of these General Conditions, will be paid to the Contractor as progress payments.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, the successful Bidder may submit Securities in lieu of retention payments by the City. Upon the Contractor’s request, the City will make payment of funds withheld from progress payments, pursuant to the requirements of California Public Contract Code Section 22300, if the Contractor deposits in escrow with the City or with a bank acceptable to the City, securities eligible for investment under California Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City, upon the following conditions:
1. The Contractor shall bear the expenses of the City and the escrow agent in connection with the escrow deposit made.
2. Securities or certificates of deposit to be placed in escrow shall be of a value at least equivalent to the amounts of retention to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this section.
3. Contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to the City, which agreement shall be substantially similar to the form provided in California Public Contract Code section 22300.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:12
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
4. The Contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to such agreement.
7-1.10 FINAL PAYMENT. Final payment will be made only after Contractor has achieved Final Completion of the Work pursuant to the provisions of Section 7-1.01, “Acceptance,” of these General Conditions. Before final payment can be made, the Contractor shall have furnished the City with the following:
1. All Record Documents, catalogues, instruction sheets and information as required by the Contract Documents.
2. Conditional Waivers and Releases Upon Final Payment executed by Contractor and all Subcontractors and Suppliers, as provided by Civil Code Section 8136. Unconditional Waivers and Releases U pon Final Payment, as provided in Civil Code Section 8138, executed by Contractor and all Subcontractors and Suppliers, must be provided for all Subcontractors and Suppliers that have been paid in full.
Within thirty (30) Days of the date of the City’s Acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a Final Invoice, showing the proposed total amount due the Contractor, segregated by Bid item quantities, Change Order Work, and other basis for payments; deductions made or to be made for prior payment; and amounts previously retained. Prior invoices and payments shall be subject to correction in the proposed Invoice for Final Payment. Payments to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of the Contract items of work constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The City will review the Contractor’s proposed Final Invoice and necessary changes or corrections will be forwarded to the Contractor. Within ten (10) Days thereafter, the Contractor Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:13
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] shall submit a revised proposed Final Invoice incorporating changes or corrections made by the City together with any new claims resulting therefrom. Upon approval by the City, the corrected proposed Final Invoice will become the approval Final Invoice.
If agreements are reached on all questions regarding the Final Invoice, the City will pay the entire sum found due on the approved application. However, the City will withhold sums sufficient to pay all unsettled claims for which stop payment notices have been filed pursuant to Section 9350, et seq. of the California Civil Code, together with the reasonable cost of any litigation thereunder.
Final payment will be made within thirty (30) Days after receipt of an approved Final Invoice and other required Submittals referenced above or within sixty (60) Days after Acceptance of the work by the City, whichever is later, provided, however, that if an approved Final Invoice has not been submitted within sixty (60) Days after Acceptance of the Work by the City, the City may elect to make payment of sums not in dispute without prejudice to the right of either the City or the Contractor in connection with such disputed sums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Notice of Completion is recorded, final payment shall not be made prior to the expiration of the thirty-five (35) calendar day lien period. The start of this lien period is the date the Placer County Recorder’s Office records the Notice of Completion.
The City may withhold from the Final Payment an amount not to exceed one hundred fifty percent (150%) of any amount in dispute between the City and the Contractor.
The making of Final Payment shall not operate to release the Contractor or its sureties from obligations arising under the Contract, the Contract bonds and warranties as herein provided. Specifically, the making of final payment shall not constitute a waiver and release of claims by the City arising from:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:14
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
1. Unsettled or future liens;
2. Failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;
3. The terms of any warranties required by or contained in the Contract Documents;
4. The right to any insurance proceeds or the right to make any insurance or bond claims;
5. Any claims with respect to Contractor’s obligations of indemnity with respect to claims asserted by third parties; or
6. Any latent deficiencies with the Work or Contractor’s fraud. 7-1.11 CLERICAL ERRORS. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7-
1.10, “Final Payment,” of these General Conditions, for a period of three (3) years after Acceptance of the Work, all estimates and payments made pursuant to said Section 7-1.10, are subject to correction for clerical errors in the calculations involved in the determination of quantities and payments. The Contractor and the City agree to pay to the other any sum due under the provisions of this Section 7-1.11, provided, however, if the total sum to be paid is less than $100, no such payment shall be made.
7-1.12 WARRANTY. Notwithstanding inspections and Acceptance by the City of Work furnished under the Contract Documents, the Contractor hereby unconditionally guarantees that all materials and equipment furnished will be of good quality and new, that the Work will be free from defects in workmanship and materials and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:15
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] This warranty by the Contractor is in addition to any warranties or guarantees required elsewhere in the Contract Documents. This warranty shall be in effect notwithstanding any disclaimers, or limiting or conditional terms contained in such separate warranties furnished by manufacturers or suppliers.
The Contractor hereby agrees to repair or replace any and all Work, together with any other adjacent Work which may be displaced in so doing, that may prove to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or that may be defective in its workmanship or material during the greater of a period of one (1) year after Acceptance of the Work by the City or the period specified in the Special Conditions, without any expense whatsoever to the City, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted.
The Contractor further agrees, that within ten (10) Days after being notified in writing by the Department of any Work not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or of any defects in the Work, the Contractor will commence and prosecute with due diligence all Work necessary to fulfill the terms of this warranty, and to complete such Work within a reasonable period of time. In the event Contractor fails to comply, it does hereby authorize the Department to proceed to have such Work done at the Contractor's expense and the Contractor will honor and pay the cost and charges therefore upon demand. The Department shall be entitled to all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, necessarily incurred upon the Contractor's refusal to honor and pay the above costs and charges.
All warranties set forth in the Contract Documents shall be deemed cumulative and not alternative or exclusive. Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation, which Contractor has under the Contract Documents or under any separate warranty or guaranty required thereby. The establishment of a Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:16
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] specific warranty period relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct defective Work, and it has no relationship to the time within which its obligation to comply with the Contract Documents or applicable provision of law may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor’s liability with respect to its obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. Without limiting the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that Contractor shall remain responsible for latent defects with its work, regardless of the expiration of any warranty period set forth in the Contract Documents. 7-1.13 WARRANTY OF TITLE. No material, supplies, or equipment for the Work under this Contract shall be purchased subject to any chattel mortgage, security agreement, or under a conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The Contractor warrants good title to all material, supplies, and equipment Installed or incorporated in the Work and agrees upon completion of all Work to deliver the Premises, together with all improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by it, to the City free from any claim, liens, security interest, or charges, and further agrees that neither the Contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing any materials or labor for any Work covered by this Contract shall have any right to a lien upon the Premises or any improvement or appurtenances thereon. Provided, that this shall not preclude the Contractor from Installing metering devices and other equipment of utility companies, the title of which is commonly retained by the utility company. In the event of the Installation of any such metering device or equipment, the Contractor shall advise the City as to the legal owner thereof. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair the right of such persons furnishing materials or labor under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of the City.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
GC - 7:17
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] The provisions of this paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material Contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing materials for the Work when no formal Contract is entered into for such materials.
[END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS]
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS
Project: ____________________________
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovation (Re-bid)
SC - 1
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] Scope of Supplemental Conditions
1. The Work shall be performed in accordance with the General Conditions and Department Standards, except as the General Conditions may be modified by the following additional City Standards, incorporated herein by this reference, if so indicated.
COMMUNITY DESIGN GUIDELINES
311 Vernon Street, Roseville, CA 95678
SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMMERCIAL
CONSTRUCTION (ELECTRIC)
2090 Hilltop Circle, Roseville, CA 95747
PARKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
316 Vernon Street, Suite 400, Roseville, CA 95678
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
311 Vernon Street, Roseville, CA 95678
OTHER
Above documents are available at: www.roseville.ca.us.
2. Numbering in these Supplemental Conditions conforms to that in the General Conditions. The existence of a section in these Supplemental Conditions means that the corresponding section in the General Conditions is modified in some respect. Unless otherwise specified, the modified General Condition is deleted entirely and the provisions of these Supplemental Conditions are substituted.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
x
x
SC - 2
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
1-1.24 DEPARTMENT. Section 1-1.24 of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
The Department for Contract Administration is the ________________________ Department of the City of Roseville.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Parks Recreation & Libraries
SC - 3
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 2. CONTROL AND SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-1.08 SUBMITTALS. Section 2-1.08 of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
The time allowed for review of each submittal is ____ Days afte r receipt of the submittal by the Director.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
14 2.1.28 PROJECT DOCUMENTS. Potential bidders are advised to obtain all
documents and specifications related to this project directly from the City of Roseville. The City
of Roseville does not guarantee the accuracy of any forms, plans, or project manuals obtained
through outside sources other than the City of Roseville. Furthermore, the City does not guarantee
the distribution of any addendums or the accuracy of their content if obtained from a third party.
Bidders expressly assume the risk that their bid will be rejected from the use of plans and manuals
obtained from third parties other than the City of Roseville
SC - 4
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 3. CHANGES IN THE WORK
There are no amendments to the General Conditions.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
SC - 5
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 4. CONTROL OF MATERIALS
There are no amendments to the General Conditions.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
SC - 6
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 5. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY
5-1.14 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL AND ASBESTOS. Section 5-1.14 of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
To the best of the City's knowledge, asbestos _________ present in the vicinity of the Project. Additional information shall be made available to Contractor upon request.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
is not
SC - 7
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 6. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
6-1.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE. Section 6-1.04F of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
Progress schedules showing project completion dates more than ________ Days earlier than specified in Section 6-1.07 shall be rejected. 6-1.07 TIME OF COMPLETION. Section 6-1.07 of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
The Contractor shall begin Work within _____ business days after receiving a Notice to Proceed and shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. The Work shall be completed within ____ business days of the Notice to Proceed.
If landscaping plants require an establishment period, that period will be ____ calendar days. Start of the establishment should be as outlined in the Specifications. 6-1.08 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Section 6-1.08 of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
The amount of Liquidated Damages is the sum of $_________ per D ay.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
0 10
100
30 800
SC - 8
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022] SECTION 7: ACCEPTANCE AND PAYMENT
There are no amendments to the General Conditions.
[END OF SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS]
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
7-1.07 PROGRESS PAYMENTS. Section 7-1.07 of the General Conditions is amended to include the following:
The Contractor shall email an electronic copy of Certified Payroll Reports to the Project Manager along with each Application for Payment.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
SPEC
[L:\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 3/8/2022]
SPECIFICA TIONS
Project:
__________________________
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovation (Re-bid)
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
TABLE OF CONTENTS
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Table of Contents
Roseville, California - 1
DIVISION 00
00 31 46 Permits
00 10 00 Summary of Work
DIVISION 01
01 35 10 Sustainability (CALGreen) Requirements
01 35 20 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management
01 52 40 Construction Waste Management
01 57 23 Storm Water Pollution Control
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 19 Selective Demolition
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 33 00 Site Concrete
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY
04 22 00 Concrete Masonry Units
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 41 16 Plastic Laminate Faced Architectural Cabinets
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 21 00 Thermal Insulation
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Counter Shutters
08 36 13 Overhead Coiling Doors
08 71 00 Door Hardware
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 29 00 Gypsum Board
09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories
09 66 23 Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo Flooring
09 91 13 Exterior Painting
09 91 23 Interior Painting
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10 14 00 Signage
10 21 13 Plastic Toilet, Shower and Changing Compartments 10 28 00 Toilet and Bath Accessories
10 44 13 Fire Extinguisher Cabinets
10 44 16 Fire Extinguishers
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT
11 31 00 Residential Appliances
DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS
12 36 61 Solid Surfacing Countertops
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
TABLE OF CONTENTS
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Table of Contents
Roseville, California - 2
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 00 50 Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods
22 10 00 Plumbing Piping Systems
22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures
22 50 00 Plumbing Equipment
DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
23 00 50 Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC
23 80 00 Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
Specifications are on Electrical Drawings
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
Specifications are on Electrical Drawings
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
Specifications are on Electrical Drawings
DIVISION 31
31 10 00 Clearing and Grubbing
31 20 00 Earthwork
DIVISION 33
33 00 00 Utilities
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 00 31 46: Permits
SECTION 00 31 46
PERMITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Requirements
A. The requirements set forth in the General Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
B. The requirements set forth in the Supplemental Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
C. The intent of this Section is to furnish bidders with the known list of required permits for the Work under the Contract Documents . Bidders should note that the list is not necessarily complete and that additional requirements may exist or arise.
1.02 Permits
A. The Contractor shall obtain copies of the following permits from the Project Manager. Copies of these shall be obtained prior to start of work and shall be kept on the jobsite.
1. City of Roseville Department of Development Services , Encr oachment Permit for all Work related to this project, if applicable.
2. City of Roseville Department of Development Services, Building Permit including, but not limited to the following: all structural items associated with this project, concrete flatwork , plumping/restrooms, electrical/lighting, and mechanical.
B. Contractor shall comply with the conditions of these permits, and will be solely responsible for all costs associated with meeting permit conditions unless specifically specified otherwise in these Contract Documents.
C. A trench/excavation permit must be on file with the City. Submit a copy of the notification letter to CAL OSHA, which outlines the project, and contracted scope of work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Intentionally left blank.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 00 31 46: Permits
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Intentionally left blank.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
SECTION 01 10 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General
A. The requirements set forth in the General Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
B. The requirements set forth in the Special Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
1.02 Project Description
A. Project Name and address:
Johnson Poolhouse Renovation Project
100 D. Street, Roseville, CA 95678
B. Project description/scope of work:
The scope of this project includes selective site and building demolition, site and building accessibility upgrades and related mechanical, electrical and plumbing upgrades.
C. The Contractor, prior to submission of his bid, shall visit the site and become familiar with the physical site conditions, the plans and specifications . All existing site conditions, apparent in a detailed, on- site inspection, shall be a part of the project . Submission of a bid shall represent the Contractor’s acknowledgment of the existing site conditions and its effect on the implementation of the contract documents.
1.03 Engineering
A. Field Engineering, as a part of this contract, shall include:
1. Layout of the work and establishment of lines and grades.
2. Said work to be performed by a California Registered Civil Engineer or a California licensed Land Surveyor.
3. When discrepancies between the drawings and actual site conditions are discovered, notify the Inspector for instruction on how to proceed.
4. All work shall:
a) Establish indicated layout in relation to the property survey and existing reference points.
b) Establish and preserve permanent reference points during the course of construction.
c) Set locations and elevations of all site elements as required for proper completion of the work.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
1.04 Permits, Fees and Notices
A. The Contractor and/or his assigned Subcontractors shall obtain any and all required permits (beyond those provided in the Appendix) from all governing authorities, including other City Departments, prior to start of construction.
1.05 Construction Plans
A. Any discrepancies or omissions found in the Contract Documents shal l be reported to the City’s project manager immediately. The City’s project manager will clarify discrepancies or omissions, in writing, within a reasonable time.
B. In resolving inconsistencies among two or more sections of the Contract Documents, precedence shall be given in the following order:
1. Notice to Contractors
2. Special Provisions
3. City of Roseville Parks Construction Standards
4. City of Roseville Design and Construction Standards
5. Drawings
Addenda shall take precedence over all sections referenced therein. Figure dimensions on Drawings shall take precedence over scale dimensions .
Detailed Drawings shall take precedence over general Drawings.
1.06 Definitions
A. The term “accepted” where used within, shall mean accepted in writing by the City of Roseville’s Project Manager.
B. The term “Inspector”, where noted, shall mean the project representative, appointed by the City of Roseville, who will oversee the project on a day -to- day basis.
C. The term “Project Manager”, where noted, shall mean the project representative appointed by the Parks Department.
D. The term “Consultant”, where noted, shall mean the prime Consultant listed on the cover sheet of these Specifications.
E. The term “accepted equal”, where used herein, shall mean the equal in the opinion of the Project Manager, in consultation with the Consultant, when necessary, and as accepted in writing by the Project Manager.
F. The term “Project Owner”, where used herein, shall mean the landowner or developer.
G. The term “provide”, where used herein, shall mean furnish and install complete.
H. The term “as selected”, where used herein, shall mean as selected by the Consultant and as accepted by the Project Manager.
I. The term “substantially complete”, where used her ein, shall mean the state of which the project can be used in the manner of which it is intended with the exception of minor items as determined by the Project Manager.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
J. See Section 1 of the General Conditions for additional definitions and terms.
1.07 Standards
A. Numerous standards are referenced in these contract documents . The referenced standards shall be the current edition as of the date of these contract documents. Also, see Section 4 - 1.02 of the General Conditions.
B. The codes adopted by the City, County, State and federal agencies shall govern minimum requirements for this project. Where codes conflict with these Specifications, the more stringent shall apply, and such conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Project Manager . Caltrans Standards shall be applied where specifically referenced . In the absence of specific reference requirements in the contract documents, the applicable codes shall govern.
C. In addition to the standards noted in individual sections of these Specifications, standards of the following organizations shall be noted by initials only.
1. ANSI: American National Standards Institute.
2. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.
1.08 Submittals
A. All submittals shall be submitted at one time within ten (10) working days from issuance of Notice to Proceed. The review time for submittals shall be as noted in Section 2 - 1.04 of the Special Conditions . Items returned for re - submittal shall be returned to the City within two weeks
B. The Contractor shall include a cover sheet indicating the following (A sample is provided in Section 5: Forms):
1. Drawing sheet or specification section reference (by section, paragraph and sub-paragraph numbers);
2. Item description;
3. Indication whether this item is “as specified” or “proposed substitution” and
4. A space for itemized response summary, e.g. “reviewed” or “resubmit”.
C. Contractor shall provide submittals electronically in PDF file format and physical product samples as required in specifications. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the summary sheet is included in the submittal package. Incomplete submittal packages (i.e., the lack of a summary sheet or lack an appropriate product sample) will not be reviewed.
D. Proposed substitution requests must include a comparison between the originally specified item and the proposed substitute. The burden of proof of compliance for proposed substitutions with project requirements rests with the Contractor. Coordination of the installation of accepted substitutions, including incidental changes/modifications to accommodate proposed products shall be at no additional cost to the Owner.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
E. Where required in specified Section of these Specifications, submittals shall include proof of order of site furnishings, play equipment or other materials within two weeks (ten working days) of receipt of the returned, approved submittal. Submittals of orders shall be made at one time. Exceptions will be considered, with justification.
1.09 Tests
A. In addition to Section 4 - 1.03 of the General Conditions, testing and inspections may be performed by a private testing laboratory . The testing laboratory , provided by the City, shall be under the direction of a California registered civil engineer. All work shall conform to requirements set forth by ASTM B329, and shall be acceptable to the City.
B. Copies of the laboratory reports/results of each test or ins pection shall be provided to the Project Manager, Inspector and Contractor.
1.10 Temporary Facilities
A. Sanitary provisions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor . Existing restroom facilities shall be not utilized by the Contractor, his Sub-contractors, or employees thereof, unless specifically accepted by the Project Manager .
Provide chemical toilets or water closets and urinals connected to the sewer in a location accepted by the Project Manager.
B. Barricades shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be erected as necessary to protect the property, the construction and the public from hazards due to construction.
C. Signs, other than those identified in these Specifications, shall be prohibited .
Notices, required by law, shall be posted and maintained.
1.11 Utilities
A. All utility fees, including, but not limited to, connection fees, installation fees, meters, monthly service fees and cost of utilities used during the course of construction and establishment are considered a direct cost and are the responsibility of the Contractor until project acceptance by City Council.
1.12 Dust/Noise Control Requirements
A. Dust and other air pollution nuisances on or adjacent to the site shall be abated, per Section 2 - 1.15 of the General Conditions . Dirt shall not be allow ed to accumulate on streets or sidewalks nor be washed into sewer.
B. Noise from construction operations shall be kept to a minimum. Allowable hours of operations shall be from 7 a.m . to 7 p.m. Monday through Friday. Work on weekends and holidays must be approved by the project manager . Work on Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
weekends and holidays shall not begin before 8 a.m . and must be completed by 8 p.m.
1.13 Tree Replacement Schedule
A. Trees damaged or removed without prior approval shall be replaced at an inch per inch basis on- site, except otherwise accepted. New stock shall follow the table provided:
Plant Size Inch Value
3 Five Gallon Stock One Inch
1 Fifteen Gallon Stock One Inch
1 24” Box Stock Two Inches
1 36” Box Stock Three Inches
1.14 Inspection of Construction
A. In addition to the routine inspections performed by the Parks Inspector, portions of work may be inspected by the other city department s. Notify the Parks Inspector and Project Manager a minimum of 48 hours prior to date of inspection.
B. The Parks Inspector shall be the main line of communication between the site superintendent, the project manager and other City department inspectors .
Changes in scope of work or standards shall be approved by the project manager.
C. Refer to the parks inspection record. This shall be issued at the P re- Construction meeting and shall be utilized by the Contractor throughout the course of construction . A completed “hard card” shall be submitted to the Project Manager along with required turn in items (See 1.19 this Section) upon final acceptance of the project. The Notice of Completion shall not be filed until all record documents have been received and accepted.
1.15 Adverse Impacts to Site Conditions Due to Construction A. Impacts that affect the site conditions to the detriment of the park or streetscape Impacts that affect the site conditions to the detriment of the park or streetscape construction or long term viability of the site shall be mitigated by the contractor prior to acceptance of the project . Such impacts shall include, but are not limited to:
1. Soil compaction in non-structural areas;
2. Diesel or gas fuel leaks/spillage;
3. Buried concrete or other construction debris;
4. Hazardous material contamination;
5. Lime treatment in planting areas;
6. and more.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
1.16 Pre-final (Punch List) Review
A. Notify, in writing, to the Pa rks Construction Inspector, that the work is substantially complete. Substantially complete is defined as “the state of work where it may be used in a suitable and intended manner with exception of minor corrections”. Partial acceptances will not be granted. Items to be reviewed as a part of substantial completion include:
1. All construction items
2. Installation of all site furnishings, including lights and signs
3. Seeding or sodding of all turf areas
4. All planting, including weeding of planted areas
5. The irrigati on system is fully functioning and as confirmed by the Parks Inspector.
B. Within five workings days of receipt of notification, the Parks Construction Inspector will confirm substantial completion. The Parks Construction Inspector will schedule the punch list walk (pre-final review) within five working days after the project has been determined as substantially complete. A formal punch list will be developed at the punch list walk. The Parks Construction Inspector will provide a copy of the formal punch list to the Contractor within five working days of punch list walk. Performance of the punch list walk does not automatically trigger the start of establishment.
1. If at any point during this review that it becomes apparent that the Contractor has not properly prepared for the site review, the inspection shall immediately be terminated and re-scheduled at such a time as the site has been readied for a review. Any costs for the re- scheduling of the review shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Lack of site preparation could delay start of the establishment period.
C. Concurrent to the pre -final review, the City will make a formal request for all required turn-in items to be submitted to the City. All turn -in items shall be submitted to the City (single point of contact), at one time and only by appointment. Do not drop off the turn-in items at the front counter and without an appointment.
D. Once all turn-in items have been confirmed to be complete and accurate, the establishment period may be considered to begin. The City shall have sole discretion in determining the appropriateness of the commencement of the establishment period and shall notify the developer/contractor in writing of the start and end dates. Portions of the project will not be accepted for establishment prior to the substantial completion of the entire project.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
1.17 Establishment Period – not applicable
1.18 Final Review
A. One (1) week prior to the end of the establishment period, a final on-site review shall be conducted to review project readiness for final turn-over. All punch list items must be satisfactorily addressed prior to the final review.
B. The project shall be prepared and cleaned per Section 2 - 1.12 of the General Conditions; the turf shall be mowed; and the irrigation heads shall be adjusted appropriately one day prior to the scheduled final review.
C. Acceptance of the project shall be considered “field accepted” and a recommendation will be forwarded to the City Council for “final acceptance” per Section 7 - 1.01 of the General Conditions.
D. A n unaccepted project shall extend the establishment period until such time as the unaccepted portions of the project have been reviewed and field accepted by the Inspector and Project Manager.
E. Turn over for City maintenance shall occur only after:
1. The specified duration of the establishment period has been successfully completed.
2. If required, the deed transferring property ownership, has been recorded at the County.
3. A Notice of Completion (NOC) for city-built parks and for streetscapes has been approved by the City Council.
F. Contractor shall provide a written guarantee covering all improvements associated with this project. See 1.19 – Warrantees and Guarantees.
1.19 Record Documents
A. Record documents or as -built plans shall be maintained on- site and updat ed routinely as specified in Section 2 - 1.13 of the General Conditions . Record documents shall include all items under the contracted scope of work.
B. Record documents shall be submitted:
1. one full size set of final as -built drawings (verified/initialed by t he Parks Inspector during the establishment period)
2. one set of 11 x 17 reductions of the complete as-built package; and
3. two sets 11 x 17 laminated reductions of the irrigation plan illustrating with colors the individual controller stations; and
4. one USB storage device containing PDF scanned images (in color) of the verified/initialed as-built drawings.
5. For City of Roseville CIP projects, SWPPP binder.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
1.20 Warranties and Guarantees
A. Warranties are required under various Sections of these Specifications. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall assemble all warranties into a single, bound or stapled package. All warrant ies shall be clearly labeled and the number of years highlighted. Also, see Sections 7 - 1.10 and 7 - 1.11 of the General Conditions.
1. Warranties for equipment shall be submitted in the manufacturer’s standard form and shall be countersigned by the subcontractor or supplier and the Contractor.
2. All other warranties shall be provided in the following format, written on subcontractor’s or supplier’ s letterhead, signed by the subcontractor or supplier and countersigned by the Contractor:
WARRANTY FOR YEARS
“We hereby warrant that the product which we have installed at project name has been done in accordance with the contract documents, and that the work, as installed will fulfill the warranty requirements included in the Specifications.
We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work, together with any other adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or material within the warranty period stated above commencing from the date of final acceptance of the above named project by the City of Roseville’s City Council, without additional expense to the City, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted.
In the event of failure to comply with the above conditions within thirty (30) days of notification by the City, we collectively or separately do hereby authorize the City to proceed with the repairs or replacement of such def ects at our expense. Payment of said costs and charges will be forwarded to the City upon demand.
Signed:
Subcontractor or Supplier Date
Countersigned:
Contractor Date
B. Guarantees shall be a minimum of one (1) year for all plant material, including trees and shrubs. The guarantee shall state that plant materials (trees & shrubs) to be free of all defects or disease and all plants are in a healthy and Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 10 00: Summary of Work
thriving condition at the completion of the contract. Deciduous plant mat erial shall be warranted beyond the time of contract completion until such time as growth becomes evident.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Intentionally left blank.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Intentionally left blank.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sustainability (CalGreen) Requirements Roseville, California 01 35 10 - 1
SECTION 01 35 10
SUSTAINABILITY (CALGreen) REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and G eneral Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes general requirements and procedures for compliance with certain California Green Building Standards Code. The California Green Building Code is Part 11 of twelve parts of the official compilation and publication of the adoption, amendment and repeal of the building regulations to the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, also referred to as the California Building Standards Code.
1. This code contains both mandatory and voluntary green building measures. Mandatory and voluntary measures are identified in the appropriate application checklist contained in this code. Mandatory measures as outlined in the California Green Building Standards Code are a requirement of this contract. Voluntary measures are not required as a part of this contract.
2. Voluntary Tier 1 and Tier 2 measures are not required as part of the scope of work of this contract.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Divisions 2 through 48 Sections for CALGreen requirements specific to the Work of each of those Sections. These requirements may or may not include reference to CALGreen.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. CalGreen: California Green Building Standards Code
B. Recycled Content: The percentage by weight of constituents that have been recovered or otherwise diverted from the solid waste stream, either during the manufacturing process (pre- consumer), or after consumer use (post-consumer).
1. Spills and scraps from the original manufacturing process that are combined with other constituents after a minimal amount of reprocessing for use in further production of the same product are not recycled materials.
2. Discarded materials from one manufacturing process that are used as constituents in another manufacturing process are pre-consumer recycled materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Comply with additional CALGreen submittal requirements included in other sections of the Specifications.
B. Cal Green submittals are in addition to other submittals. If submitted item is identical to that submitted to comply with other requirements, the single set of copies to verify compliance with indicated CALGreen requirements is acceptable unless noted otherwise.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sustainability (CalGreen) Requirements Roseville, California 01 35 10 - 2
C. Verification: Documentation of conformance for applicable green building measures shall be provided to the enforcing agency. Alternate methods of documentation shall be acceptable when the enforcing agency finds that the proposed alternate documentation is satisfactory to demonstrate substantial conformance with the intent of the proposed green building measure.
D. C ALGreen Documentation required: Provide preliminary submittals within seven days of date established for commencement of the Work indicating how the following requirements will be met.
1. 5.408.1 Construction waste diversion: Establish a construction waste management plan for the diverted materials that meets or exceeds the local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent.
3. 5.408.3 Provide plan to incorporate construction waste reduction of at least 75%.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
2.01 PLANNING AND DESIGN
A. Section 5.106
1. Meet lighting power requirements in the California Energy Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 6, and design interior and exterior lighting such that zero direct-beam illumination leaves the building site. Comply with zones 1- 4 and lighting zone characteristics as defined in Chapter 10 of the California Administrative Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 1 using the following strategies:
a. Shield all exterior luminaires or provide cutoff luminaires per Section 132 (b) of the California Energy Code.
b. Contain interior lighting within each source.
c. Allow no more than .01 horizontal foot -candles to escape 15 feet beyond the site boundary.
d. Automatically control exterior lighting dusk to dawn to turn off or lower light levels during inactive period
2.02 ENERGY EFFICIENCY
A. Section 5.201.1
1. Comply with aforementioned section.
2.03 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION
A. Section 5.303
1. Separate meters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections 503.1.1 and 503.1.2.
2. Plumbing fixtures and fixture fittings are required to reduce the overall use of potable water by 20%. This reduction shall be based on the maximum allowable water use per the plumbing fixture and fittings as required by the California Building Standards code.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sustainability (CalGreen) Requirements Roseville, California 01 35 10 - 3
B. Section 5.304
1. Automatic irrigation system controllers installed at time of final inspection shall comply with the following:
a. Controllers shall be weather or soil moisture-based controllers that automatically adjust irrigation in response to changes in plants' needs as weather conditions change.
b. Weather-based controllers without integral rain sensors or communication systems that account for local rainfall shall have a separate wired or wireless rain sensor which connects or communicates with the controller(s). Soil moisture-based controllers are not required to have a rain sensor input.
2.04 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY
A. Section 5.408
1. Establish a construction waste management plan for the diverted materials, or meet local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent.
2. Documentation is required to be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Section 5.408.2, items 1-4. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency.
3. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 75 percent of the non-hazardous construction and demolition debris, or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. Calculations are required of materials diverted by weight or volume, but not both.
4. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks, and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed.
B. Section 5.410
1. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for buildings less than 10,000 sf of new building area.
a. Operation and maintenance (O&M Manuals) are to be provided to the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O&M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations.
i. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency.
2.05 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
A. Section 5.504:
1. Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction is required per section 5.504.3.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sustainability (CalGreen) Requirements Roseville, California 01 35 10 - 4
2. Finish materials must comply with tables 5.504.4.1 through 5.504.4.4.
3. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks must comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits as indicated in tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Aerosol adhesives shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507.
4. Paints and coatings shall comply with the VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements as described in code section 5.504.4.3.1.
5. Verification of compliance of this section shall be provided including (1) Manufacturer's product specification and (2) Field verification of on-site product containers.
6. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the testing and product requirements of one of the following:
a. Carpet and Rug Institute's Green Label Plus Program.
b. California Department of Public Health Standard Practice for the testing of VOC's (Specification 01350)
c. NSF/ANSI 140 at the Gold Level
d. Scientific Certifications Systems Sustainable Choice
7. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label program.
8. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1.
9. Hardwood plywood, particleboard, and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the building shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq), buy or before the dates specified in those sections, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5.
10. Verification of compliance of this section shall be provided. Documentation shall include at least the following:
a. Product certifications and specifications
b. Chain of custody certifications
c. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency
11. For 50% of the floor area receiving resilient flooring, install resilient flooring complying with the VOC-emission limits defined in the 2009 Collaborative for High Performance Schools (CHPS) criteria and listed on its Low-emitting Materials List (or product registry) or certified under the Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFCI) FloorScore program.
12. Verification of compliance shall be provided with documentation indicating that the resilient flooring materials meet the pollutant emission limits.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sustainability (CalGreen) Requirements Roseville, California 01 35 10 - 5
13. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air prior to occupancy that provides at least a MERV of
8. Replace all filtration media immediately prior to occupancy.
14. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor intakes, and operable windows and in buildings. Signage to be posted to inform building occupants if no ordinances are in place.
B. Section 5.505:
1. Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1203 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures not applicable to low-rise residential occupancies, see Section 5.407.2 of the Cal Green code.
2. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 121 (Requirements for Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 6, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Chapter 4 of CCR, Title
8. 3. For buildings equipped with demand control ventilation, carbon dioxide sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the current edition of the California Energy Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 6, Section 121(c).
C. Section 5.507:
1. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Coefficient (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E90 and ASTM E 413.
a. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies making up the building envelope shall have an STC of at least 50, and exterior wi ndows shall have a minimum STC of 30 for any of the following locations: (1) Within 1000 ft. of right of ways of freeways, (2) Within 5 mi. of airports serving more than 10,000 commercial jets per year, (3) Where sound levels at the property line regularly exceed 65 decibels, other than occasional sound due to church bells, train horns, emergency vehicles, and public warning systems.
b. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public spaces shall have an STC of at least 40.
D. Section 5.508:
1. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall not contain CFC's nor halon.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022 Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Roseville, California 01 35 20 - 1
SECTION 013520
CONSTRUCTION INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment and material resources required to meet the requirements of this section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall provide the following documentation:
1. Construction Indoor Quality Management Plan:
a. The Plan shall identify the five SMACNA IAQ requirements for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 1995, Chapter 3.
1) Part 3.01 of this Section, Indoor Air Quality Plan during Construction, can be used as a basis for development of the plan.
b. Provide a Draft of the plan prior to the start of building construction. c. Provide a Final version of the Construction IAQ Management Plan after completing the requirements of this section.
1) The final Plan must be revised to reflect the actual as-built conditions of this project.
2. Construction Indoor Air Quality Procedures Photographs:
a. Provide photographs of construction IAQ management measures such as protection of ducts and on-site stored or installed absorptive materials. b. Photographs shall be taken on at least three different occasions during the interior finish work:
1) The first two to four weeks of the work.
2) The middle two to four weeks of the work.
3) The last two to four weeks of the work.
c. On each occasion at minimum of six p
hotographs representing at least three different
Construction IAQ measures shall be taken. This represents a total of 18 photographs. d. Photographs shall be color, between 3"x5" and 8"x10" in size and of normal photographic quality (70 pixel resolution or better).
3. Filtration Media Product Data:
a. Provide cut sheets for filtration media installed:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022 Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Roseville, California 01 35 20 - 2
1) During Construction.
2) During the flush out.
3) After the flush out and prior to occupancy.
4) The cut sheets shall highlight the MERV values of the media.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION:
A. During construction the Contractor shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association (SMACNA), IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings under Construction, 2008, Chapters 3 and 4, for the items listed below. The SMACNA guidelines have been modified to address the special issues and needs of a new construction project:
B. HVAC Protection:
1. Protect all air handling and distribution equipment, and air supply and return ducting during construction.
2. Adequately cover and protect all exposed air inlets and outlets openings, grilles, plenums, etc. to prevent water, moisture, dust, and other contaminate intrusion.
3. Apply protection immediately after installation of equipment and ducting.
4. Ducting runs that require more than a single day to install shall be protected at the end of each day's Work.
5. Install air filters with a MERV filtration value of 8, as determined by ASHRAE 52-2-1999, over all air return grilles.
C. Source Control:
1. Protect stored on-site or installed absorptive or porous materials such as batt i nsulation and drywall from exposure to moisture.
2. Do not use wet damaged porous materials in the building.
3. Provide adequate ventilation of packaged dry products prior to installation. Remove from packaging and ventilate in a secure, dry, well-ventilated space free from strong contaminant sources and residues.
4. Provide a temperature range of 60 degrees F minimum to 90 degrees F maximum continuously during the ventilation period. Do not ventilate within limits of Work unless otherwise approved by the Architect.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022 Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Roseville, California 01 35 20 - 3
5. Route material deliveries and construction waste removal around the exterior of the building, not through it.
D. Pathway Interruption:
1. The Owner does not plan to occupy the building until construction is complete. Pathway interruption is not required for this project.
E. Housekeeping:
1. Minimize accumulation of dust fumes, vapors, or gases in the building.
2. Suppress dust with wetting agents or sweeping compounds.
3. Clean-up dust using a wet rag or damp mop.
4. Increase the cleaning frequency when dust build-up is noted.
5. Remove spills or excess applications of solvent-containing products as soon as possible.
6. Remove accumulated water and keep work areas as dry as possible.
7. Vacuum using HEPA filtered vacuum cleaners.
8. Store volatile liquids, including fuels and solvents, in closed containers and outside of the building when not in use.
9. Keep volatile liquid containers closed when the container is inside of the building and not in use.
F. Scheduling:
1. Schedule for application of interior finishes including time frames for the application of wet materials onto dry materials, dry materials onto wet materials, and expected curing times for applied wet materials.
2. Wet materials include all paints, adhesives, sealants, coatings, finishes, and spray-applied materials, such as structural fireproofing.
3. Insure that all wet applied interior finish materials are properly a nd fully cured before installing other finish materials over them.
4. Install carpets and furnishings after all of the interior finish materials have been applied and fully cured.
5. Provide sufficient ventilation, air circulation and air changes to properly cure materials.
6. Provide sufficient ventilation, air circulation and air changes to dissipate excessive humidity when present.
3.02 INDOOR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY:
A. After completion of the building flush out and immediately prior to occupancy replace of all HVAC filtration media installed in the HVAC system during construction and/or during slush out with new Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022 Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Roseville, California 01 35 20 - 4
filitration media. The new filtration media shall have at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13 as determined by ASHRAE Standard 52.2-1999.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Waste Management Roseville, California 01 52 40 - 1
SECTION 01 52 40
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section specifies the administrative and procedural requirements for diversion of non- hazardous construction and demolition waste from landfill.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT
A. Performance Requirement: It is a requirement of this Project that a minimum of 75 percent (by weight) of non-hazardous construction and demolition debris be diverted from the landfill.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging materials such as cardboard.
B. Demolition Waste: Building improvement materials resulting from selective demolition operations.
C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.
E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.
G. Recyclable Materials:
1. Products and materials that can be recycled may include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Metals (ferrous and non-ferrous), including banding, metal studs, ductwork, aluminum cans, and piping.
b. Gypsum board.
c. Paper.
d. Cardboard.
e. Wood products, including crates and pallets.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Waste Management Roseville, California 01 52 40 - 2
f. Carpet.
g. Plastics.
h. Copper wiring.
i. Mechanical and electrical products and equipment.
2. Final determination of actual recyclable materials will be based on the local recycling facility capability.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit copies of calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.
C. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. If a construction and demolition recycling facility is used, include signed letters from the facility indicating the weight or volume of the material sent to the facility, as well as the state approved monthly diversion rates for that facility.
D. Submit other records, including records of sales and donations, as applicable and required to substantiate conformance with waste management goals.
1.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT GOALS
A. General: Develop waste management plan that results in end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total waste generated by the Work, at a minimum.
B. The Contractor shall take a proactive and responsible role in the management of construction waste, and shall require all subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers to participate in the effort.
C. The Contractor shall establish a construction waste management program for this Project that includes, but is not limited to, the following;
1. Salvage and reuse.
2. Salvage for resale.
3. Recycling.
4. Disposal.
D. Only trash or waste materials that cannot be practically or economically reused or recycled shall be transported to the landfill.
1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Waste Management Roseville, California 01 52 40 - 3
A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification and waste reduction work plan.
Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout Waste Management Plan.
B. Identify the off-site Recycling Service and Hauler of each designated debris item, who have agreed to accept and divert that item from landfill, and the proposed quantities. Schedule each item and list off-site Recycling Service and Hauler company name, telephone number, address, and person contacted.
C. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.
1.7 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. Maintain a log of each load, of each category item diverted from landfill. Log in separately debris sent to a Class III and/or Class II landfills and materials sent to recycling facilities.
1. Include in log, type of load, load weight, name of hauling service; recycling service or landfill, and date accepted by recycling service or by landfill.
2. Owner reserves the right to audit the log at any time, retain and make available, all weight tickets, copies of receipts and invoices.
3. Submit a Monthly Construction Waste Management Report with each Application for Payment. Monthly reports shall indicate all material removed from the project, and it’s eventual disposition, recycling or landfill. Provide weights for all materials and percentages of total waste recycled.
B. Material Handling:
1. Separation Facilities:
a. Designate a specific on site area or areas to facilitate separation of materials for potential salvage or reuse, recycling, and return. b. Keep waste bins and pile areas neat and clean. Clearly mark bins for each category of waste. Do not mix non-recyclable waste with materials designated for reuse or recycling.
2. Do not permit designated materials to become contaminated or to contaminate site or surrounding areas.
3. Construction and demolition recycling facilities are an acceptable means of landfill diversion. If such a facility is utilized, monthly diversion records for the construction and demolition recycling facility and a letter from the facility identifying weights or volumes of material processed by the facility for the Project must be submitted.
C. Training and Coordination:
1. Furnish copies of the Waste Management Plan to all on-site supervisors and each subcontractor.
2. Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage or reuse, and return methods to be used by all entities at the appropriate stages of the Project.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/01/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Construction Waste Management Roseville, California 01 52 40 - 4
3. Include construction and demolition debris management on the agenda of meetings.
At a minimum, discuss waste management goals and issues at the following meetings:
a. Pre-construction meeting.
b. Regularly scheduled job-site meetings.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 57 23: Storm Water Pollution Control
SECTION 01 57 23
STORM WATER POLLUTIO N CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General
A. The requirements set forth in the General Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
B. The requirements set forth in the Special Conditions shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
1.02 References
A. State Water Resources Cont rol Board Order No . 2009-0009-DWQ National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit No. CAS0000002, for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities.
B. CASQA California Stormwater BMP Handbook – Construction, November 2009
1.03 Definitions
A. NOI: Notice of Intent
B. NOT: Notice of Termination
C. QSP: Qualified SWPPP Practitioner
D. QSD: Qualified SWPPP Developer
E. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
F. SWRCB: State Water Resources Control Board
G. NPDES: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General H. WDID: Waste Discharger Identification number
I. BMP: Best Management Practices
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Intentionally left blank.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SWPPP
A. Comply with State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2009-0009- DWQ National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit No.
CAS0000002, for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 57 23: Storm Water Pollution Control
B. A SWPPP has not been developed for this project . Contractors must comply with General Conditions 5-1.20 Water Pollution.
C. Implementation of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is the responsibility of the Contractor and a part of this project . Costs associated with implementation and maintenance of the BMPs per the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be included in the lump sum base bid.
D. Major changes to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be reviewed by the City’s Parks Inspector prior to implementation . Cost associated with the major changes will be paid for using the unit cost listed in the Additions or Deletions Sheet of the Proposal
E. The City’s Parks Inspector will perform inspections of the jobsite.
Implementation of and minor changes to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as directed by the City’s Parks Inspector shall be incidental to the W ork.
Contractor shall start all inspection corrective actions within 72 hours of observation, and complete as soon as possible.
F. All BMPs installed will be inspected by the City’s Parks Inspector for compliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and BMP Fact Sheets.
BMPs that are not in compliance shall be brought into compliance by the Contractor at no cost to the City.
G. Keep one copy of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and amendments at the project site.
H. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan sh all be readily available throughout the course of construction and until the NOC has been accepted by the City.
The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be made available upon request by a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Stat e Water Resources Control Board, United States Environmental Protection Agency, or City’ storm water staff.
I. When requested by the City for pre-final (punch list) review, the Contractor shall submit the project site copy of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan to the City's Project Manager.
3.02 Schedule
A. Contractor shall develop a Water Pollution Control Schedule that describes the timing of grading or other work activities that could affect water pollution. The schedule shall be updated by the Contractor to ref lect changes in the Contractor’s operations that would affect the necessary implementation of water pollution control practices . The typical sequence of work shall be adjusted by the Contractor based on weather conditions and forecasted rain events. The schedule is considered an appropriate and applicable BMP.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 01 57 23: Storm Water Pollution Control
3.03 Penalties and fines
A. Contractor is responsible for all penalties and fines assessed to or levied on the project related to the implementation of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.
B. In an effort to maintain compliance with the General Permit, the Contractor may be asked to make changes to the BMPs. If the Contractor is unable to perform these services in a timely manner the City reserves the right to address any areas of concern and deduct the cost from the contract.
3.04 BMP’s
A. Construction BMP’s shall be installed per the Erosion / Sediment Control Plan and in accordance with the CASQA California Stormwater BMP Handbook.
Use of alternative BMP’s will be reviewed and accepted at the discretion of the City’s Parks Inspector.
3.05 Cleaning
A. Thoroughly clean all areas where work has occurred. Remove from the site excess material, debris and rubbish.
B. Take all precautions to protect completed work . Immediately repair or replace all damaged areas due to tire ruts, er osion, compaction failure, etc . Keep all erosion control measures intact.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Selective Demolition
Roseville, California 02 41 19 - 1
SECTION 02 41 19
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
1.02 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Engineering Survey: Submit engineering survey of condition of building.
B. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.
C. Schedule of selective demolition activities with starting and ending dates for each activity.
D. Pre-demolition photographs or video.
E. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician.
F. Inventory of items that have been removed and salvaged.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.
1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Selective Demolition
Roseville, California 02 41 19 - 2
B. Notify Owner of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
C. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
E. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.
B. Notify the Owner if it appears that removing any unforeseen element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to 40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
3.03 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain for on- going operations and protect them against damage.
B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Selective Demolition
Roseville, California 02 41 19 - 3
2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place.
c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished.
C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.
3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.
2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.
3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
4. Maintain fire watch during and after flame-cutting operations.
5. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
6. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 52 40 "Construction Waste Management".
B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Selective Demolition
Roseville, California 02 41 19 - 4
C. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.
3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 52 40 "Construction Waste Management".
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/20/21
Johnson Pool Hose Remodel Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements Roseville, California 32 13 13-1
SECTION 03 30 00
SITE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Requirements
A. The requirements set forth in the General Conditions shall be in addition to the s
tandards provided herein.
B. The requirements set forth in the Supplemental Conditions shall be in addition to
the standards provided herein.
C. The standards set forth in the City of Roseville Design and Construction S
tandards and the City of Roseville Parks Construction Standards, latest editions, shall be in addition to the standards provided herein.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment for the complete installation of all c
oncrete work, flatwork and poured-in-place as shown in the Plans and as specified herein.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Caltrans Standard Specifications, latest edition.
B. California Building Code (CBC) and California Administrative Code (Title 24), l
atest editions.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For all flatwork, the Contractor shall pour a six-foot by six-foot (6‟ x 6‟) sample o
f each type of finish specified for review and acceptance by the Project Manager prior to pouring any concrete. The accepted samples shall remain on- site and intact until all concrete work has been completed. The quality of the concrete work shall be measured by the accepted samples.
B. During the course of construction, a qualified testing laboratory shall obtain s
amples as determined by the Inspector and conforming to federal and state codes and standards. Such costs shall be paid for by the City. Re-tests and removal of below acceptable strength concrete shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall cooperate with the testing during the course of obtaining such samples.
C. Variances in surface grades of more than 1/8”, as measured by a straight edge te
n feet (10‟) long, shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Inspector.
Remove all areas where standing water occurs, including any surface irregularities.
1.05 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Comply with ATSM C-94, “Specifications for Ready Mix Concrete” for the batch, mi
x and transport of concrete.
B. Mix and deliver only the amount that will be poured immediately.
1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall keep an accurate record of the as-built conditions of the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/20/21
Johnson Pool Hose Remodel Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements Roseville, California 32 13 13-2
site concrete. These records shall be updated daily and kept at the construction s
ite. At any time, the Inspector may examine the conditions of the “as-builts” to ensure compliance of the above.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Concrete
A. Concrete for play area curbs, sidewalks, and accessible ramps shall conform to th
e provisions of Section 90-2 “Minor Concrete” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. Cementitious material shall be „Type II Modified” and shall contain no less than 505 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard.
Aggregate shall be not greater than one-inch or smaller than 3/8-inch. Submit concrete analysis for review and acceptance prior to placement of concrete.
2.02 FIBERGLASS REINFORCEMENT
A. Fibers for concrete shall be Fibermesh 150, as manufactured by Propex O
perating Company; or accepted equal. Fibers shall contain 100 percent virgin polypropylene multifilament fibers, e3 patented technology, containing no reprocessed olefin materials. The fibers shall conform to ASTM C1116 Type III and manufactured specifically for the secondary reinforcement of concrete.
2.03 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL
A. Fiber expansion joint shall conform to ASTM-1751 and shall be a non- extruding r
esilient filler. Filler shall have preserve attributes and high quality bituminous materials.
B. Apply Sikaflex elastomeric sealant, or accepted equal, over all expansion joints.
2.04 CONCRETE FORMS
A. All forms shall be new at the start of the project and shall be construction grade D
ouglas Fir. Minimum size lumber shall be 2 x 6.
B. Radius bends shall be formed by spring steel forms or laminated boards, as r
equired.
C. Plywood shall be 5/8”, Class I, exterior grade as outlined in APA “Guide to P
lywood Grades”. Omit mill oiling treatment.
2.05 SEEDED AGGREGATE
A. Aggregate shall be clean, washed aggregate as selected. Provide samples of r
ock mixture.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Poured-In-Place Concrete Forms
A. Concrete for hardscape or flatwork shall be placed on subgrade compacted to 9 5% relative compaction. Prior to placement of concrete, a soils compaction test must be performed by an accepted soils testing professional on a representative n
umber of locations along the flatwork area. The City or project owner shall p
rovide the initial test. The results of these tests must be available and meet Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/20/21
Johnson Pool Hose Remodel Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements Roseville, California 32 13 13-3
acceptable levels prior to pouring. Re-tests and re-work of any area, as directed by the soils professional, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Construct forms to conform to the shapes, dimensions and details shown on the P
lans. All forms shall be true to lines, plumb, level and square.
C. Forms shall not leak, spread, shift or settle when concrete is placed.
D. All forms shall carry dead and live loads and shall not deflect more than 1/8” b
etween supports after placement of concrete.
E. All forms shall be thoroughly soaked a minimum of twelve (12) hours prior to p
ouring of concrete. Forms shall be treated per manufacturer’s recommendations.
F. Reuse of forms may be allowed at the discretion of the Inspector. Reused forms s
hall be cleaned and free of defects that would affect the final concrete finish.
G. Concrete footings shall be formed only when excavations slump or cave in.
O
ver-excavate the trench or footing diameter to accommodate the forms’ installation and removal. Apply water to moisten soil. Do not allow water to create mud or ponding.
3.02 FIBERGLASS REINFORCEMENT
A. Install per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply at the batch plant prior to delivery.
T
horoughly mix fiber material to avoid “clumping”.
3.03 EXPANSION JOINTS
Expansion joints shall be placed where vertical elements meet horizontal paving unless otherwise noted on the Plans. This shall include vertical expansion joints on play area curb walls, buildings, shade structures, walls and/or planters. The corners of the paving shall be tooled at the expansion joints. Trim exposed fibers which protrude above or beyond the finish surface o
f paving or the finish surface of the wall.
3.04 CONTROL JOINTS FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
A. Control joints shall be per detail PK-32 with deep, straight and finished with r
ounded edges. Control joints shall be placed (on-center) a distance equal to the width of the concrete walkway, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. For example a ten-foot wide walkway shall have control joint placed ten feet on
3.07 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE
A. Do not pour concrete in weather below 40 degrees F. or when temperatures are p
redicted to fall below freezing within 24 hours, except with prior authorization.
B. Concrete shall be transit mixed according to ASTM C-94. Limit the quantity of w
ater to the required strength. Concrete shall be of a consistency that it flows slowly into the forms.
C. Mixing of concrete shall be continuous commencing from the time water is a
dded to the mix until such time that the concrete is poured. All concrete shall be placed within an hour of the time when water is first added.
D. Concrete shall be deposited up to the finished height of the forms and up to the a
djacent joint. No partial pours will be allowed. Excess material shall be dumped on-site and later removed by the Contractor.
E. Thoroughly compact the concrete manually spading and tamping concrete into Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/20/21
Johnson Pool Hose Remodel Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements Roseville, California 32 13 13-4
all corners of the forms and by utilizing a high-speed mechanical vibrator. Retain a standby vibrator on-site during the course of concrete work. When utilizing the vibrator, take precautions to avoid impact on the forms.
F. After obtaining uniform compaction, screen tamper all flatwork surfaces, screed a
nd bull float to ensure that large aggregates are pushed below the surface.
When it is practical to work on the surface, wood float, steel trowel paving to a uniform surface.
G. Concrete elements shall not exceed the following tolerances:
1. Linear: 1/8”
2. Slab deviation: 1/8” in 10‟
3.08 FINISHES
A. Finishes shall be as shown below and shall be consistent in quality throughout th
e project. Medium broom finished concrete shall have clean, deep control joints spaced appropriately. No visible cracks or discoloration will be accepted.
Finishes on vertical surfaces shall be consistent throughout. Vertical expansion joints are spaced as identified on the plans and are smooth with the finish surfaces. All edges for flatwork and vertical surfaces shall be eased at a consistent radius.
B. Upon completion of float finishing, provide the final finish as follows:
1. Medium Broom Finish: shall be accomplished by pulling a stiff bristle broom across a floated surface. The direction of the broom shall be perpendicular to the path of travel, unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
3.09 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Forms shall remain in place as follows:
1. For mass concrete work: 5 days.
2. For other flatwork and other concrete work: 3 days.
B. Remove all bolts, nails, ties, wires, etc. a minimum of one inch (1”) below the s
urface of the concrete. Remove imprints, irregularities or other such defects and patch as directed by the Inspector.
3.10 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. Allow adequate time for the concrete to cure. In temperatures above 75 degrees F
., ensure that the concrete surface remains wet for a period of seven (7) days minimum.
B. Protect all concrete from damage during the curing period. This shall include d
amage from sun, rain, flowing water, frost, mechanical injury, tire tracks, footprints, oil stains, etc. Should such damage occur, Contractor shall take i
mmediate action to repair damage to the satisfaction of the City.
3.11 CLEAN-UP
A. During the course of this work, the area shall be kept clear and free of debris as r
ealistically possible. Upon completion of concrete work, completely remove from the site all used forms, hardware, spillage, rejected work and other materials.
B. Remove from site furnishing posts all concrete “slobber”. Re-touch posts as n
ecessary for a clean finish.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 08/20/21
Johnson Pool Hose Remodel Cement and Concrete for Exterior Improvements Roseville, California 32 13 13-5
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Concrete Masonry Units
Roseville, California 04 22 00-1
SECTION 04 22 00
CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Conditions
A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and G
eneral Requirements apply to the work specified in this section.
1.02 Scope of Work
A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the unit masonry work as i
ndicated on the Drawings and/or specified herein.
B. Work includes, but not limited to the following:
1. Concrete masonry units.
2. Pre-cast Elements.
3. Installation of all required reinforcements, fasteners, anchors and accessories.
4. Cleaning of unit masonry.
C. Related work specified in other sections:
1. Section 03 30 00: Concrete
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. Material and installation standards: Comply with recommendations of the Brick Institute of A
merica (BIA) standards; National Concrete Masonry Association standards; and ASTM standards.
B. Verify all measurements indicated on Drawings by taking field measurements; proper fit and a
ttachment of all units is required.
C. Accurately fit, cut, and securely mortar together all units to produce a plumb, level and rigid i
nstallation.
D. All work and materials shall comply with Uniform National Building Codes (latest edition), and all o
ther applicable codes and ordinances that govern the work of this Section.
1.04 Qualification of Installers
A. Installers shall be trained and experienced in the skills required and shall be completely familiar w
ith the materials and their installation. Qualified installers shall be present at all time during the progress of work.
1.05 Coordination
A. Coordinate with all other trades whose work relates to unit masonry installation for placing all r
equired reinforcements, fasteners, anchor, accessories, etc.
1.06 Submittals
A. Submit for Architect’s written approval two (2) representative samples of each unit specified.
B. Submit manufacturer’s certificate that units meet or exceed material specifications.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Concrete Masonry Units
Roseville, California 04 22 00-2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Concrete Masonry Units
A. ASTM C-652, concrete masonry hollow units, wire cut. Standard and bond beam units. Size and c
olor shall be standard grey.
2.02 Masonry Mortar
A. ASTM C-270, Type M, consisting of one (1) part cement and three (3) parts sand with quarter (
1/4) part lime.
B. LATICRETE 3701 grout and Mortar Admix
C. Mortar compressive strength at 28 days shall be 3000 PSI
2.03 Grout
A. Grout mix ratio by volumes: one part Portland Cement (ASTM C-150, Type 1); two parts minimum to
three parts maximum damp loose sand, two (2) parts coarse aggregate (ASTM C-404).
B. LATICRETE 3701 Grout and Mortar Admix.
C. Grout compressive strength at 28 days shall be 3000 PSI.
2.04 Unit Masonry Reinforcement
A. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement: Truss type, hot-dipped galvanized zinc coated steel c
onstruction; 3/16 inch side rods with No. 9 cross ties.
B. Horizontal and vertical rebar reinforcements: ASTM A-615, Grade 40, size as indicated on the D
rawings.
2.05 Concrete
A. As per Section 03 30 00: Concrete
P
ART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Supply anchor devices as indicated on the Drawings and as required to install materials as s
pecified in other sections of work.
B. Cut units where required with a power saw or order units pre-cut from manufacturer.
C. Construct walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness indicated on the D
rawings, using unit sizes as indicated.
D. Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbances.
3.02 Coursing
A. Install units straight and plumb with all courses true to line and level.
B. Install units in pattern as indicated on the Drawings.
C. Maintain unit courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform th
ickness.
3.03 Placing and Bonding
A. Lay units in full bed of mortar properly jointed with other work.
B. Install full mortar coverage of vertical and horizontal face of joints. Maintain uniform joint width of Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Concrete Masonry Units
Roseville, California 04 22 00-3
3/8” – 1/2”, depending on nominal unit sizes. Cut joints flush and tool slightly concave.
C. Fully bond intersections and external and internal corners.
D. Do not shift or tap units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made r
emove mortar and replace.
E. Remove excess mortar.
F. Fill hollows at concrete masonry units solid with grout or as indicated on the Drawings. Fill h
ollows of structural brick block units where reinforcement occurs solid with grout or as indicated on the Drawings.
G. Wall caps shall be epoxied and anchored in place.
3.04 Reinforcement
A. Horizontal joint reinforcement: Place masonry joint reinforcement sixteen (16) inches on c
enter or as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Place joint reinforcement continuous and lap reinforcement according to the recommendations of th
e Manual of Standard Practice of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
C. Horizontal and vertical rebar reinforcement: Install with bond and beam spacing and rebar s
pacing as indicted on Drawings.
D. Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. Cells containing r
einforcement shall be grouted solid.
3.05 Curing and Protection
A. Provide thorough curing of joints and grout pours.
Protect newly laid masonry from exposure to precipitation, excessive drying, freezing, soiling, backfill and other harmful elements.
3.06 Waterproofing & Graffiti Seal
A. All walls below grade shall be waterproofed on the backside extending from the fo
undation to the brick cap.
B. Install in conformance with manufacturer’s specifications.
C. Apply 2 clear coats of graffiti sealant on exposed exterior and interior surfaces.
S
ubmit proposed sealant type and conform to manufacturer specifications.
3.07 Cleaning
A. Brush off excess mortar as work progresses. Dry-brush masonry at end of each day’s w
ork.
B. Clean masonry with cleaners and methods as recommended by the manufacturer of th
e masonry units.
C. Rinse walls by washing off cleaning solution, dirt and mortar using clean, p
ressurized water.
D. Repair damage to adjacent materials that occurs during cleaning operation at no a
dditional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Laminate- Faced Architectural Cabinets Roseville, California 06 41 16-1
SECTION 06 41 16
PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets.
2. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets unless concealed within other construction before cabinet installation.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 12 36 61.16 "Solid Surfacing Countertops."
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product[, including] panel products high-pressure decorative laminate adhesive for bonding plastic laminate and cabinet hardware and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components.
C. Samples:
1. Plastic laminates, for each color, pattern, and surface finish.
2. Thermoset decorative panels, for each color, pattern, and surface finish.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program.
B. Installer Qualifications: Certified participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS
A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of architectural plastic-laminate cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements.
B. Grade: Custom.
C. Type of Construction: Frameless.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Laminate- Faced Architectural Cabinets Roseville, California 06 41 16-2
D. Cabinet, Door, and Drawer Front Interface Style: Flush overlay.
E. Reveal Dimension: 1/8 inch.
F. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pr o ducts by one of the following:
a. Formica Corporation.
b. Wilsonart LLC.
G. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces:
1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS.
2. Postformed Surfaces: Grade HGP.
3. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS.
4. Pattern Direction: Vertically for drawer fronts, doors, and fixed panels.
H. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces:
1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade CLS or Thermoset decorative panels as required by woodwork quality standard.
2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid-hardwood lumber.
3. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood.
I. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:
1. As selected by Owner from laminate manufacturer's full range.
2.2 WOOD MATERIALS
A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.
1. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent.
B. Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.
1. Recycled Content of MDF and Particleboard : Postconsumer recycled content plus one- half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 92 percent.
C. Composite Wood Products : Products shall be made using ultra-low-emitting for maldehyde resins as defined in the California Air Resources Board's "Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products" or shall be made with no added formaldehyde.
1. Medium-Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130.
2. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2.
3. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, medium-density overlay.
4. Veneer-Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP-1.
5. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Particleboard or medium-density fiberboard finished with thermally fused, melamine-impregnated decorative paper and complying with requirements of NEMA LD 3, Grade VGL, for test methods 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.8, and 3.10.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Laminate- Faced Architectural Cabinets Roseville, California 06 41 16-3
2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets except for items specified in Section 08 71 11 "Door Hardware (Descriptive Specification)."
B. Butt Hinges: 2-3/4-inch, five-knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095-inch-thick metal, and as follows:
1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Flush Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01361.
2. Semiconcealed Hinges for Overlay Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01521.
C. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 135 degrees of opening, self-closing.
D. Back-Mounted Pulls: BHMA A156.9, B02011.
E. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 inches long, 5/16 inch in diameter.
F. Catches: Magnetic catches, BHMA A156.9, B03141.
G. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081.
H. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, two-pin type with shelf hold-down clip.
I. Drawer Slides: BHMA A156.9.
1. Grade 1 and Grade 2: Side mounted and extending under bottom edge of drawer; full- extension type; zinc-plated steel or epoxy-coated steel with polymer rollers.
2. Grade 1HD-100 and Grade 1HD-200: Side mounted; full-extension type; zinc-plated-steel ball-bearing slides.
3. For drawers not more than 3 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1.
4. For drawers more than 3 inches high but not more than 6 inches high and not more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1.
5. For drawers more than 6 inches high or more than 24 inches wide, provide Grade 1HD- 100.
J. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121.
K. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07041.
L. Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA A156.16, L03011.
M. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated.
1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content.
B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Laminate- Faced Architectural Cabinets Roseville, California 06 41 16-4
nonferrous-metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors.
C. Adhesives: Use adhesives that meet the testing and product re q uirements of the California
Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." D. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
B. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Before installation, condition cabinets to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Grade: Install cabinets to comply with same grade as item to be installed.
B. Install cabinets level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches.
C. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts.
D. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork.
E. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated.
1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96-inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line.
2. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 12 wafer-head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Thermal Insulation
Roseville, California 07 21 00-1
SECTION 07 21 00
THERMAL INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass-fiber blanket.
2. Mineral-wool blanket.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.
C. Product test reports.
D. Research reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MINERAL-WOOL BLANKETS
A. Mineral-Wool Blanket, Unfaced: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.
b. ROCKWOOL.
c. Thermafiber, Inc.; an Owens Corning company.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids:
1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E 84.
2. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.
B. Insulation Anchors, Spindles, and Standoffs: As recommended by manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Thermal Insulation
Roseville, California 07 21 00-2
C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.
D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION
A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:
1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.
2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation.
4. For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows:
a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is installed over it.
5. Vapor-Retarder-Faced Blankets: Tape joints and ruptures in vapor-retarder facings, and seal each continuous area of insulation to ensure airtight installation. a. Interior Walls: Set units with facing placed as indicated on Drawings.
B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials:
1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft..
2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Joint Sealants
Roseville, California 07 92 00 - 1
SECTION 07 92 00
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Silicone joint sealants.
2. Urethane joint sealants.
3. Mildew-resistant joint sealants.
4. Latex joint sealants.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For sealants, indicating VOC content.
C. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.
D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.
2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.
3. Joint-sealant formulation.
4. Joint-sealant color.
E. Product test reports.
F. Preconstruction field-adhesion-test reports.
G. Sample warranties.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.
1.04 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates. Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.
1.05 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Joint Sealants
Roseville, California 07 92 00 - 2
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content: Verify sealants and sealant primers comply with the following:
1. Architectural sealants have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.
2. Sealants and sealant primers for nonporous substrates have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.
3. Sealants and sealant primers for porous substrates have a VOC content of 775 g/L or less.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range.
2.02 NON-STAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Non-staining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to ASTM C 1248.
B. Silicone, Non-staining, S, NS, 50, NT: Non-staining, single-component, non-sag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. b. Pecora Corporation.
c. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants.
d. The Dow Chemical Company.
e. Tremco Incorporated.
2.03 URETHANE
JOINT SEALANTS
A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, non-sag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Master Builders Solutions.
b. Pecora Corporation.
c. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants.
d. Tremco Incorporated.
B. Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single-component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Master Builders Solutions.
b. Pecora Corporation.
c. Polymeric Systems, Inc.
d. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Joint Sealants
Roseville, California 07 92 00 - 3
C. Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 50, Uses T and NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
a. LymTal International Inc.
2.04 MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS
A. Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth.
B. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew-resistant, single-component, non- sag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc. b. Pecora Corporation.
c. The Dow Chemical Company.
d. Tremco Incorporated.
C. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Pecora Corporation.
b. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).
c. Tremco Incorporated.
2.05 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant
performance.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Adfast.
b. Alcot Plastics Ltd.
c. Construction Foam Products; a division of Nomaco, Inc. d. Master Builders Solutions.
B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer.
2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials.
C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Joint Sealants
Roseville, California 07 92 00 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:
1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.
2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193 and joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.
D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Compl
etely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
E. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:
1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation.
2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.
B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Joint Sealants
Roseville, California 07 92 00 - 5
requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.
3.04 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces, JS-A.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers.
b. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. c. Joints in paving units.
d. Tile control and expansion joints.
e. Joints between different materials listed above.
f. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS-B.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete.
b. Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units. c. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.
d. Joints in dimension stone cladding.
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, non-staining, S, NS, 50, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces JS-C.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring.
c. Control and expansion joints in brick flooring.
d. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring.
e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected
by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS-D.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Tile control and expansion joints.
c. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of concrete walls and partitions. d. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
E. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement JS-E.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows and elevator entrances.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Joint Sealants
Roseville, California 07 92 00 - 6
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
F. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces JS-F.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
G. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics JS-G.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Aluminum thresholds.
b. Sill plates.
c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.
2. Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based.
3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range of colors.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Roseville, California 08 11 13 - 1
SECTION 08 11 13
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes hollow-metal work.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for hardware, and other details.
C. Samples for Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.
D. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.
E. Product test reports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY.
2. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY.
3. Custom Metal Products.
4. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand.
5. Stiles Custom Metal, Inc.
2.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings and temperature-rise limits indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C.
1. Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784
and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Roseville, California 08 11 13 - 2
B. Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Lite Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9.
2.03 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. At interior locations unless indicated otherwise in the Door and Frame Schedule.
1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4.
2. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Metallic-coated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard Polystyrene Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate.
3. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated, steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Sidelite and Transom Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as adjacent door frame.
c. Construction: Full profile welded.
4. Exposed Finish: Prime.
B. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 3. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4.
2. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Metallic-coated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard Polystyrene, Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate..
3. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Sidel
ite and Transom Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as adjacent door frame.
c. Construction: Full profile welded.
4. Exposed Finish: Prime.
2.04 EXTERIOR HOLLOW-METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 3. At exterior locations unless noted otherwise in the Door and Frame Schedule.
1. Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4.
2. Doors:
a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.
b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.
e. Core: Manufacturer's standard insulation material.
3. Thermal-Rated Doors: Provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value) of not less than 2.1 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363.
4. Frames:
a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A40 coating.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Roseville, California 08 11 13 - 3
b. Construction: Full profile welded.
5. Exposed Finish: Factory.
2.05 FRAME ANCHORS
A. Jamb Anchors:
1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than
0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick.
2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick.
3. Post-installed Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch-diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location.
B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.
2.06 MATERIALS
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.
B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized.
1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.
E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
F. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: From corrosion-resistant materials.
G. Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
H. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).
I. Glazing: Section 08 80 00 "Glazing."
J. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat.
2.07 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Roseville, California 08 11 13 - 4
fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors:
1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape.
Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration.
2. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated.
C. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.
1. Sidelite and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding.
2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
3. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted.
4. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs.
5. Jamb Anchors: Provide
number and spacing of anchors as follows:
a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c., to match coursing, and as follows:
1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.
2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high.
4) Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high.
b. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows:
1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high.
2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high.
3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high.
4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high.
c. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c.
6. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers. a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.
b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.
D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.
1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-templated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.
2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow- metal work for hardware.
E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Roseville, California 08 11 13 - 5
1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow-metal work.
2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently.
3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames.
4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work.
5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated.
2.08 STEEL FINISHES
A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.
1. Shop Primer: SDI A250.10.
2.09 ACCESSORIES
A. Louvers: Provide sight-proof louvers for interior doors, where indicated, which comply with SDI 111C, with blades or baffles formed of 0.020-inch-thick, cold-rolled steel sheet set into 0.032-inch-thick steel frame.
1. Fire-Rated Automatic Louvers: Movable blades closed by actuating fusible link, and listed and labeled for use in fire-rated door assemblies of type and fire-resistance rating indicated.
B. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors.
C. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by
standards specified.
1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
a. At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
c. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.
e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured.
f. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.
g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing antifreezing agents.
2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post-installed expansion anchors.
a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of post-installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.
3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Roseville, California 08 11 13 - 6
4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout.
5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with mineral-fiber insulation.
6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with post-installed expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.
7. In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions.
8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:
a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.
b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.
c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.
d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.
B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary.
1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors:
a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. c. At
Bottom of Door: 5/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch, unless noted otherwise. d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch to 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch.
2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80.
3. Smoke-Control Doors: Install doors and gaskets according to NFPA 105.
C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" and with hollow-metal manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner.
3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation.
C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.
D. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Overhead Coiling Counter Shutters Roseville, California 08 33 23 - 1
SECTION 08 33 23
OVERHEAD COILING COUNTER SHUTTERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Manual rolling counter shutters
B. Related Sections:
1. 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications. Door opening jamb and head members
2. 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry. Door opening jamb and head members
3. 08 31 00 Access Doors and Panels. Access doors
4. 08 70 00 Hardware. Padlocks. Masterkeyed cylinder
5. 09 91 00 Painting. Field painting
6. Division 26. Electrical wiring and conduit, fuses, disconnect switches, connection of operator to power supply, and installation of control station and wiring
C. Products That May Be Supplied, But Are Not Installed Under This Section:
1. Control Station
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Reference Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures; submit the following items:
1. Product Data
2. Shop Drawings: Include special conditions not detailed in Product Data. Show interface with adjacent work.
3. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Provide manufacturer ISO 9001:2015 registration
b. Provide manufacturer and installer qualifications - see below c. Provide manufacturer's installation instructions
4. Closeout Submittals:
a. Operation and Maintenance Manual
b. Certificate stating that installed materials comply with this specification
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer Qualifications: ISO 9001:2015 registered and a minimum of five years experience in producing counter doors of the type specified
2. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer’s approval
1.4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Reference Section 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements.
B. Follow manufacturer’s instructions.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Standard Warranty: Two years from date of shipment against defects in material and workmanship
B. Maintenance: Submit for owner’s consideration and acceptance of a maintenance service agreement for installed products
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Overhead Coiling Counter Shutters Roseville, California 08 33 23 - 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Manufacturer:
1. Cornell: 24 Elmwood Avenue, Mountain Top, PA 18707. Telephone: (800) 233- 8366.
2. Cookson
3. Clopay Building Products
2.2 PRODUCT INFORMATION
A. Model: ESC10
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Curtain:
.
1. Slat Configuration:
a. Stainless Steel: No. 1F, interlocked flat-faced slats, 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high by 1/2 inch (13 mm) deep, minimum 22 gauge AISI type 304 #4 finish stainless steel with stainless steel angle bottom bar with lift handles and vinyl astragal
2. Finish:
.
a. Stainless Steel: type 304 #4 finish
B. Endlocks:
Fabricate interlocking slat sections with high strength molded nylon endlocks riveted to ends of alternate slats
C. Guides:
1. Fabrication:
a. Stainless Steel: 12 gauge formed shapes
2. Finish:
a. Stainless Steel: type 304 #4 finish
D. Shaft Assembly:
.
1. Counterbalance Shaft Assembly:
a. Barrel: Steel pipe capable of supporting curtain load with maximum deflection of 0.03 inches per foot (2.5 mm per meter) of width Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Overhead Coiling Counter Shutters Roseville, California 08 33 23 - 3
b. Spring Balance: Oil-tempered, heat-treated steel helical torsion spring assembly designed for proper balance of door to ensure that maximum effort to operate will not exceed 25 lbs (110 N). Provide wheel for applying and adjusting spring torque
E. Brackets:
Fabricate from reinforced steel plate with bearings at rotating support points to support counterbalance shaft assembly and form end closures
1. Finish:
a. Standard (Stock Colors): Zirconium treatment followed by a gray baked-on polyester powder coat; minimum 2.5 mils (0.065 mm) cured film thickness
F. Hood:
Minimum 24 gauge stainless steel with reinforced top and bottom edges. Provide minimum 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) steel intermediate support brackets.
1. Finish:
.
a. Stainless steel: type 304 #4 finish
2.4 OPERATION
A. Manual Operation:
1. Crank Hoist: Crank hoist operator including crank gear box, steel crank drive shaft and geared reduction unit. Fabricate gear box to completely enclose operating mechanism and be oil-tight.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
.
A. Locking:
1. Padlockable slide bolt: Padlockable slide bolt on coil side of bottom bar at each jamb extending into slots in guides. Provide interlock switches on motor operated units.
.
C. Operator [and Bracket Mechanism] Cover:
Minimum 24 gauge stainless steel sheet metal cover at coil area of unit. Finish to match door hood.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates upon which work will be installed and verify conditions are in accordance with approved shop drawings
B. Coordinate with responsible entity to perform corrective work on unsatisfactory substrates C. Commencement of work by installer is acceptance of substrate
3.2 INSTALLATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Overhead Coiling Counter Shutters Roseville, California 08 33 23 - 4
A. Install door and operating equipment with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers and supports
B. Follow manufacturer's installation instructions
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Following completion of installation, including related work by others, lubricate, test, and adjust doors for ease of operation, free from warp, twist, or distortion
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces soiled by work as recommended by manufacturer B. Remove surplus materials and debris from the site
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Demonstrate proper operation to Owner's Representative B. Instruct Owner's Representative in maintenance procedures
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sectional Overhead Doors
Roseville, California 08 36 13 - 1
SECTION 086313
SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Aluminum full view sectional overhead door (Model 904)
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry.
B. 07 90 00 - Joint Seals.
C. 08 71 00 - Door Hardware and locks.
D. 09 90 00 - Paints and Coatings.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM B 653/653M
B. ASTM B 209/209M
C. ASTM B 221/221M
D. AAMA 2604
E. DASMA TDS-163
F. ANSI/DASMA 102
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
4. Operation and maintenance data.
C. Shop Drawings: Include opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details.
D. Selection Samples: Upon request furnish color samples or 2’ X 2’ section sample
1.5 WIND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design doors to withstand positive and negative wind loads as calculated in accordance with applicable building code and detailed in structural documents.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum ten years of documented experience.
B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum five years of documented experience, and authorized by the door manufacturer.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturers Limited Warranty aluminum sectional overhead doors.
1. Standard finish warranty against cracking, checking, or peeling for 5 years.
Color Blast Finish option warranty for 5 years; Parts and Hardware for 1 year Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sectional Overhead Doors
Roseville, California 08 36 13 - 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Clopay Corporation
B: Alternates
1. Cornell
2. Cookson
2.2 ARCHITECTURAL SERIES ALUMINUM SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOOR A. Basis Of Design: Full View Aluminum Doors: Clopay Model 904 Section Thickness: 2 1/8 inches
Solid Aluminum Panels
1. Aluminum Panel Finish:
a. Factory Powder Coated, RAL color to be selected by owner.
2. Aluminum Mullion Finish:
a. Factory Anodized Black.
3. Locking: Inside spring loaded slide bolt lock on end stile that engages slot in track. a. Provide two inside slide lock.
4. Weatherstripping: Provide complete perimeter seals.
5. Track:
a. 2 inches track designed for 2” diameter rollers. Vertical tracks minimum
0.061 inch galvanized steel. Horizontal tracks minimum 0.075 inch galvanized steel).
b. Configure track to maximize headroom clearance.
6. Spring Counterbalance: Torsion spring counterbalance mechanism sized to weight of the door, with high strength galvanized aircraft cable with minimum 7 to 1 safety factor
a. Heavy Duty Cycle Spring: 25,000 cycle.
2.3 OERATION
A. Manual Push up.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Sectional Overhead Doors
Roseville, California 08 36 13 - 3
PART 3 EXECUTION
1.8 EXAMINATION
A. Examine wall and overhead areas, including opening framing and blocking, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of Work in this Section.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Owner of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.
1.9 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
1.10 INSTALLATION
A. Install overhead doors and track in accordance with approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's printed instructions.
1.11 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 1
SECTION 08 71 00
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Mechanical door hardware for the following:
a. Swinging doors.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: For each exposed product in each finish specified.
C. Door hardware schedule.
D. Keying schedule.
E. Sample warranty.
F. Maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying.
B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC).
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Insert number years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise indicated below:
a. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do not
require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 2
B. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the DOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and the 2016 California Building Code.
2.2 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. Provide products for each door that comply with requirements indicated in Part 2 and door hardware schedule.
1. Door hardware is scheduled on Drawings.
2.3 HINGES
A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow-metal doors and hollow-metal frames.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
2.4 SELF-CLOSING HINGES AND PIVOTS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Hager Companies.
2. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
2.5 CONTINUOUS HINGES
A. Continuous Hinges: BHMA A156.26; minimum 0.120-inch-thick, hinge leaves with minimum overall width of 4 inches; fabricated to full height of door and frame and to template screw locations; with components finished after milling and drilling are complete.
B. Continuous, Gear-Type Hinges: Extruded-aluminum, pinless, geared hinge leaves joined by a continuous extruded-aluminum channel cap; with concealed, self-lubricating thrust bearings.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES
A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule.
B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows:
1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch latchbolt throw.
2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch latchbolt throw.
3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1-inch bolt throw.
C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches unless otherwise indicated.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 3
D. Lock Trim:
1. Description: As indicated on Drawings.
2. Levers: Cast.
3. Escutcheons (Roses): Cast.
4. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons.
E. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch.
1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer.
F. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2; Grade 1; Series 4000.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions. b. Allegion plc.
2.7 AUXILIARY LOCKS
A. Bored Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36: Grade 1; with strike that suits frame.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
2.8 SURFACE BOLTS
A. Surface Bolts: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Door Controls International, Inc.
c. Trimco.
2.9 MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS
A. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; minimum 3/4-inch throw; designed for mortising into door edge.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. b. Allegion plc.
c. Door Controls International, Inc.
d. Trimco.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 4
2.10 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS
A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMA A156.3.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Adams Rite Manufacturing Co; an ASSA ABLOY Group company. b. Allegion plc.
c. Precision Hardware, Inc.; a Stanley company.
d. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
2.11 LOCK CYLINDERS
A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. Provide cylinder from same manufacturer of locking devices.
B. Standard Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.5; Grade 1 permanent cores; face finished to match lockset.
C. High-Security Lock Cylinders: BHMA A156.30; Grade 1 permanent cores that are removable; face finished to match lockset.
D. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.
E. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide 10 construction master keys.
2.12 KEYING
A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, appendix. Provide one extra key blank for each lock. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference.
1. Grand Master Key System: Change keys, a master key, and a grand master key operate cylinders.
a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five each of master and grand master keys.
2. Existing System:
a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. b. Re-key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system.
3. B. Keys: Nickel silver.
1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation:
a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE."
2.13 OPERATING TRIM
A. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6; stainless steel unless otherwise indicated.
1. Manufacture
rs: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 5
a. Allegion plc.
b. Hager Companies.
c. Trimco.
2.14 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS
A. Carry-Open Bars: BHMA A156.3; prevent the inactive leaf from opening before the active leaf; provide polished brass or bronze carry-open bars with strike plate for inactive leaves of pairs of doors unless automatic or self-latching bolts are used.
2.15 SURFACE CLOSERS
A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Hager Companies.
c. Norton Door Controls; an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
d. Stanley Commercial Hardware; a division of Stanley Security Solutions.
2.16 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Wall- and Floor-Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Hager Companies.
c. Trimco.
2.17 OVERHEAD STOPS AND HOLDERS
A. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Architectural Builders Hardware Mfg., Inc.
c. Hager Companies.
2.18 DOOR GASKETING
A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 6
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Hager Companies.
b. National Guard Products, Inc.
c. Pemko Manufacturing Co.
B. Maximum Air Leakage: When tested according to ASTM E 283 with tested pressure differential of
0.3-inch wg, as follows:
1. Gasketing on Single Doors: 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. of door opening.
2. Gasketing on Double Doors: 0.50 cfm per foot of door opening.
2.19 THRESHOLDS
A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. National Guard Products, Inc.
b. Pemko Manufacturing Co.
2.20 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS
A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch-thick stainless steel; with manufacturer's standard machine or self-tapping screw fasteners.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Allegion plc.
b. Hager Companies.
c. Trimco.
2.21 FINISHES
A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.
1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.
2. Wood Doors: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors."
B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Door Hardware
Roseville, California 08 71 00 - 7
C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.
D. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period.
1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner.
E. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." F. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.
G. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame.
1. Do not notch perimeter gasketing to install other surface-applied hardware.
H. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.
I. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Gypsum Wallboard
Roseville, California 092900-1
SECTION 092900
GYPSUM WALLBOARD
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Gypsum wallboard as indicated on the drawings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 061000 “Rough Carpentry”.
B. Section 079200 “Sealants”.
C. Section 099113 “Exterior Painting”.
D. Section 099123 “Interior Painting”
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide manufacturer's data for all material to be supplied under this section of work.
B. Provide certification that materials meet these specifications.
C. Provide manufacturer's printed instructions for installation of assemblies.
D. Provide samples of texture finishes for approval.
1.04 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers, packages or bundles identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type, and grade clearly marked.
B. Store in dry areas and protect from dampness and deterioration.
C. Protect ready-mixed products from freezing.
D. Protect metal products from rusting.
E. Deliver fire-rated materials bearing testing agency label and required fire classification number.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install wallboard products unless installation areas comply with minimum temperature and ventilation requirements recommended by manufacturer.
B. Under slow drying conditions, allow additional drying time between coats of joint treatment.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide gypsum wallboard materials manufactured by Georgia Pacific, United States Gypsum, or Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Gypsum Wallboard
Roseville, California 092900-2
equal.
B. Gypsum Board:
1. Standard: ASTM C1396 – C1396M; or Fed. Spec. SS-L-30, Type III, Grade R, Class I; 5/8 inch thick, tapered edges, ends square cut, maximum permissible lengths.
2. Water-resistant: ASTM C 630, 5/8 inch thick, tapered edges, ends square cut, maximum permissible lengths.
a. Seal all edges per manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Fire Resistant: Type X or Type C as indicated. 5/8” thick minimum.
4. Ceramic Tile Backer Board: 5/8" "Den-shield", by Georgia-Pacific, or equal.
2.02 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES
A. Provide gypsum wallboard accessories in accordance with Gypsum Association GA-216, and as shown on Drawings and specified.
B. Provide all accessories such as corner beads and edge trim as metal fabrications (26 gauge minimum).
C. Joint Treatment:
1. Tape: Perforated, conforming to ASTM C 475 or Fed. Spec. SS-J-570, Type II.
2. Compound: Powdered or ready-mixed conforming to ASTM C 475 or Fed. Spec.
SS-J-570, Type I. Taping and topping joint compound or all-purpose joint compound may be used.
D. Texturing:
1. Wall Texturing: Provide materials manufactured by U. S. Gypsum, or equal.
2. Ceiling Texturing: Provide materials manufactured by U. S. Gypsum, or equal.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work w hich is to be placed in or behind framing and gypsum wallboard. Allow such items to be installed after framing is completed.
3.02 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION
A. Install gypsum board in accordance with Gypsum Association GA-216 recommendations.
B. Erect gypsum board in direction most practical and across studs with ends and edges occurring over continuous firm bearing.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Gypsum Wallboard
Roseville, California 092900-3
C. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to framing.
D. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with sealant.
E. Place corner beads and trim/molds as shown or required. Use longest practical lengths. Place edge trim and molds where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and at all board terminations exposed to view. Construct reveals required by Drawings.
F. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, and openings to produce surfaces ready to receive finishes except at non-exposed-to-view conditions. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum of 1/16 inch. Finishing of taping is not required at areas to receive tiles, and areas above exposed-to-view ceilings.
G. Remove and correct or replace defective work in a manner acceptable to the Owner.
H. Hang ceiling and soffit systems level and plumb, in true alignment with adjacent surfaces and walls.
I. Construct tight fitting joints in exposed ceiling members, continuously around openings and obstructions.
3.03 TRIM
A. Apply edge casing plumb and true to all openings and exposed ends of wallboard abutting another material or as specifically detailed otherwise. Use continuous lengths where possible.
B. Apply corner bead plumb and true to all exposed exterior corners in continuous lengths w henever possible.
C. The drawings do not purport to show all locations and all requirements for metal trim in connection with the work of this Section. Carefully study the drawings and the job conditions; provide in place, all metal trim recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard used and as required for a finished installation.
3.04 APPLICATION OF TEXTURE FINISH
A. Finish: All wall surfaces shall receive a "Level 4" smooth finish minimum.
B. Finish Application: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform finish.
1. Finish shall be smooth.
2. Gypsum Board finish shall be inspected by Owner to approve after prime coat has been applied by the painter.
D. Remove any droppings or overspray from door frames, windows and other adjoining work.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Resilient Base Roseville, California 09 65 13 - 1
SECTION 09 65 13
RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Resilient base.
2. Resilient molding accessories.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.
C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches long.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 THERMOSET-RUBBER BASE
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Johnsonite; a
Tarkett company; Cove Rubber Base or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc.
2. Flexco; Roppe Holding Company.
3. Roppe Corporation; Roppe Holding Company.
B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), Group I (solid, homogeneous).
1. Style and Location:
a. Style B, Cove: Provide in areas with carpet and resilient flooring.
C. Thickness: 0.125 inch.
D. Height: 4 inches and 6 inches as indicated on Drawings.
E. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.
F. Outside Corners: Job formed or preformed.
G. Inside Corners: Job formed or preformed.
H. Colors: As selected by Owner from full range of industry colors. .
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Resilient Base Roseville, California 09 65 13 - 2
2.02 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated.
1. Verify adhesives have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products.
B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.
C. Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed.
D. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products.
3.02 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.
B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.
C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned.
D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.
E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation.
F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.
G. Job-Formed Corners:
1. Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches in length.
a. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends.
2. Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches in length.
a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Resilient Base Roseville, California 09 65 13 - 3
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products.
B. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo Flooring Roseville, California 09 66 23 - 1
SECTION 09 66 23
EPOXY-RESIN TERRAZZO FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes thin-set, epoxy-resin terrazzo flooring and base.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.
2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials.
3. Laboratory Test Reports: For sealers, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials.
C. Shop Drawings: Include terrazzo installation requirements. Include plans, elevations, sections, component details, and attachments to other work.
D. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
E. Maintenance data.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer who is a contractor member of NTMA.
B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting terrazzo installation.
B. Control and collect water and dust produced by grinding operations. Protect adjacent construction from detrimental effects of grinding operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. NTMA Standards: Comply with NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide" and with written recommendations for terrazzo type indicated unless more stringent requirements are specified.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo Flooring Roseville, California 09 66 23 - 2
B. Flooring products shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."
2.2 EPOXY-RESIN TERRAZZO
A. Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo: Comply with NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide" and manufacturer's written instructions for matrix and aggregate proportions and mixing.
1. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Company, General Polymers, Fas Top Ceramic Carpet System. Subject to compliance with requirements, one of the following products may be acceptable:
a. Hi-Tek Polymers,Inc.
b. Key Resin Company.
c. Terrazzo & Marble Supply Companies.
2. Thickness: 3/16” - 1/4 inch nominal.
3. Mix Color and Pattern: As selected by Owner from full range of industry colors.
B. Materials:
1. Flexible Reinforcing Membrane: Manufacturer's resinous membrane for substrate-crack preparation and reflective-crack reduction.
2. Primer: Manufacturer's product recommended for substrate and use indicated.
3. Epoxy-Resin Matrix: Manufacturer's standard recommended for use indicated and in color required for mix indicated.
a. Physical Properties without Aggregates:
1) Hardness: 60 to 85 per ASTM D 2240, Shore D.
2) Minimum Tensile Strength: 550-600psi per ASTM C 307. 3) Minimum Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi per ASTM C 579. 4) Chemical Resistance: No deleterious effects by contaminants listed below after seven-day immersion at room temperature per ASTM D 1308. a) Distilled water.
b) Mineral water.
c) Isopropanol.
d) Ethanol.
e) 0.025 percent detergent solution.
f) 1.0 percent soap solution.
g) 10 percent sodium hydroxide.
h) 10 percent hydrochloric acid.
i) 30 percent sulfuric acid.
j) 5 percent acetic acid.
b. Physical Properties with Aggregates: For resin blended with Georgia white marble, ground, grouted, and cured per requirements in NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide"; comply with the following:
1) Flammability: Self-extinguishing, maximum extent of burning 1/4 inch per ASTM D 635.
2) Thermal Coefficient of Linear Expansion: 0.0025 inch/inch per deg F for temperature range of minus 12 to plus 140 deg F per ASTM D 696.
4. Aggreg
ates: Comply with NTMA gradation standards for mix indicated and contain no deleterious or foreign matter.
a. Abrasion and Impact Resistance: Less than 40 percent loss per ASTM C 131. b. 24-Hour Absorption Rate: Less than 0.75 percent.
c. Dust Content: Less than 1.0 percent by weight.
5. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than (maximum available) percent.
6. Finishing Grout: Resin based.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo Flooring Roseville, California 09 66 23 - 3
2.3 STRIP MATERIALS
A. Thin-Set Divider Strips: L-type angle, 1/4 inch deep.
1. Material: White-zinc alloy or plastic, in color selected from full range of industry colors.
2. Top Width: 1/8 inch or 1/4 inch.
B. Heavy-Top Divider Strips: L-type angle in depth required for topping thickness indicated.
1. Bottom-Section Material: Matching top-section material.
2. Top-Section Material: White-zinc alloy Aluminum or plastic, in color selected from full range of industry colors.
3. Top-Section Width: 1/8 inch or 1/4 inch.
C. Control-Joint Strips: Separate, double L-type angles, positioned back to back, that match material and color of divider strips and in depth required for topping thickness indicated.
D. Accessory Strips: Match divider-strip width, material, and color unless otherwise indicated. Use the following types of accessory strips as required to provide a complete installation:
1. Base-bead strips for exposed top edge of terrazzo base.
2. Edge-bead strips for exposed edges of terrazzo.
3. Nosings for terrazzo stair treads and landings.
4. .
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
A. Strip Adhesive: Epoxy-resin adhesive recommended by adhesive manufacturer for this use.
1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less.
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Strip Anchoring Devices: Provide mechanical anchoring devices or adhesives for strip materials as recommended by manufacturer and required for secure attachment to substrate.
C. Patching and Fill Material: Terrazzo manufacturer's resinous product approved and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated.
D. Joint Compound: Terrazzo manufacturer's resinous product approved and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated.
E. Resinous Matrix Terrazzo Cleaner: Chemically neutral cleaner with pH factor between 7 and 10 that is biodegradable, phosphate free, and recommended by sealer manufacturer for use on terrazzo type indicated.
F. Sealer: Slip- and stain-resistant, penetrating-type sealer that is chemically neutral; does not affect terrazzo color or physical properties; is recommended by sealer manufacturer; and complies with NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide" for terrazzo type indicated.
1. Surface Friction: Not less than 0.6 according to ASTM D 2047.
2. Acid-Base Properties: With pH factor between 7 and 10.
3. Products shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo Flooring Roseville, California 09 66 23 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of substances, including oil, grease, and curing compounds, that might impair terrazzo bond. Provide clean, dry, and neutral substrate for terrazzo application.
B. Concrete Slabs:
1. Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with terrazzo.
a. Shot-blast surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface, contains the dispensed shot within the apparatus, and recirculates the shot by vacuum pickup.
b. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to terrazzo manufacturer's written recommendations.
c. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to terrazzo manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture-vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Moisture Testing: Test for moisture content by method recommended in writing by terrazzo manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.
3.2 EPOXY-RESIN TERRAZZO INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NTMA's written recommendations for terrazzo and accessory installation.
B. Place according to manufacturer's written instructions and NTMA's "Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide."
C. Installation Tolerance: Limit variation in terrazzo surface from level to 1/4 inch in 10 feet; noncumulative.
D. Primer: Apply to terrazzo substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Strip Materials:
1. Divider and Control-Joint Strips:
a. Locate
divider strips in locations indicated.
b. Install control-joint strips back to back directly above concrete-slab control joints in locations indicated.
c. Install control-joint strips with 1/4-inch gap between strips, and install sealant in gap. d. Install strips in adhesive setting bed without voids below strips, or mechanically anchor strips as required to attach strips to substrate, as recommended by strip manufacturer.
F. Repair: Cut out and replace terrazzo areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate. Cut out terrazzo areas in panels defined by strips and replace to match adjacent terrazzo, or repair panels according to NTMA's written recommendations, as approved by Owner.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Epoxy-Resin Terrazzo Flooring Roseville, California 09 66 23 - 5
1. Remove grinding dust from installation and adjacent areas.
2. Wash surfaces with cleaner according to NTMA's written recommendations and manufacturer's written instructions; rinse surfaces with water and allow them to dry thoroughly.
B. Sealing:
1. Seal surfaces according to NTMA's written recommendations.
2. Apply sealer according to sealer manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure that terrazzo is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Exterior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 13 - 1
SECTION 09 91 13
EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates.
1. Concrete.
2. Concrete Masonry Units.
3. Fiber-Cement Panels & Siding.
4. Steel and iron.
5. Galvanized metal.
6. Wood.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
B. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
C. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
D. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.
1. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For paints and coatings, indicating VOC content.
C. Samples:
For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Owner will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft..
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Exterior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 13 - 2
b. Other Items: Owner will designate items or areas required.
2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Owner at no added cost to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company (The); systems as listed or comparable products by one of the following:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co.
2. Dunn-Edwards Corporation (a Nippon Paint Holdings Co. Ltd. company).
3. Pratt & Lambert.
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in the Exterior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated.
2.02 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."
B. Material Compatibility:
1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
C. VOC Content: For field applications, verify paints and coatings comply with VOC content limits of authori
ties having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits:
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 / 100 g/L.
3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
5. Rust-Preventive Coatings: 100 / 250 g/L.
6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 100 / 340 g/L.
7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
8. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.
9. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.
D. Colors: As selected by Owner..
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Masonry (CMUs): 12 percent.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Exterior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 13 - 3
C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.
D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Owner, and leave in an undamaged condition.
B. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
3.05 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces:
1. Latex System MPI EXT 3.1A or MPI EXT 3.1K:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, MPI #3. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15.
B. Concrete Masonry Unit Substrates:
1. Latex over Alkali-Resistant Primer System MPI EXT 4.2L:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, MPI #3. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #10. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
C. Steel and Iron Substrates:
1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI EXT 5.1C or MPI EXT 5.1M:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust inhibitive, water based MPI #107.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Exterior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 13 - 4
b. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. c. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6), MPI #164.
D. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:
1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI EXT 5.3J:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based, MPI #134. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6), MPI #164.
E. Wood Substrates: Wood trim.
1. Latex over Latex Primer System MPI EXT 6.3L:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex for exterior wood, MPI #6. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15.
2. Latex System MPI EXT 6.3A:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd for exterior wood, MPI #5. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15.
F. Wood Substrates: Wood-based panel products.
1. Latex over Latex Primer System MPI EXT 6.4K:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex for exterior wood, MPI #6. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15.
2. Latex over Alkyd Primer System MPI EXT 6.4G:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd for exterior wood, MPI #5. b. Intermedia
te Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Interior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 23 - 1
SECTION 09 91 23
INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates.
1. Concrete.
2. Concrete Masonry Units.
3. Steel and iron.
4. Wood.
5. Gypsum board.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.
1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For paints and coatings, indicating VOC content.
C. Samples: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Interior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 23 - 2
1. Owner will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Owner will designate items or areas required.
2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Owner at no added cost to Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Sherwin-Williams Company (The); paint systems as noted or a comparable product by one of the following:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co.
2. Dunn-Edwards Corporation (a Nippon Paint Holdings Co. Ltd. company).
3. Pratt & Lambert.
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated.
2.02 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."
B. Material Compatibility:
1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
C. VOC Content: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, verify paints and coatings comply with VOC content limits of authorities having jurisdiction and the following VOC content limits:
1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L.
2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 / 100 g/L.
3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L.
4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L.
5. Rust-Preventive Coatings: 100 / 250 g/L.
6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 100 / 340 g/L.
7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L.
8. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L.
9. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L.
D. Low-Emitting Materials: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, verify 90 percent of paints and coatings comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." E. Colors: As selected by Owner..
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Interior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 23 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Wood: 15 percent.
3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.
C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.
D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.
3.03 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual."
B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.
3.04 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces:
1. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 3.1C:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, MPI #3. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #139.
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Interior Painting
Roseville, California 09 91 23 - 4
B. CMU Substrates:
1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 4.2E:
a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior, MPI #4. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #145.
C. Steel Substrates:
1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 5.1B:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inhibitive, water based MPI #107. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5).
D. Wood Substrates: Wood trim and wood board paneling.
1. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 6.3A:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, MPI #39. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141.
E. Gypsum Board Substrates:
1. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 9.2B:
a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #139.
d. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Signage
Roseville, California 101400-1
SECTION 101400
SIGNAGE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit fully detailed shop drawings giving sizes, methods of attachment, and all required accessories.
B. Submit product data for all products specified.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide custom fabricated identifying signage as manufactured by ASI Sign Systems, Bradford Signs, or equal.
2.02 IDENTIFYING DEVICES
A. Toilet Room Accessibility Signs: Comply with Title 24, California Administrative Code and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with raised and braille letters and as indicated.
Provide room identification signage with tactile and braille, as well as door signage (12” equilateral Triangle for men, 12” diameter circle for women), ¼” thick Plexiglas, adhesive applied. Symbols and lettering as indicated. Signage colors to be as indicated.
B. Interior Room Identification Signs: Acrylic plastic signs with raised letters and braille, ½” radiused corners, ASI Sign Systems, or equal.
1. As indicated, mounted with double faced tape or adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. Mount 60” above FFE on strike side of door, unless noted otherwise.
Confirm location of all signs with Owner prior to installation.
2. Colors shall be as selected by Owner.
3. Style of Lettering: Helvetica Medium 1” high capitals, related lower case and numerals.
4. Text of Signs: The text of signs shall be as confirmed with Owner C. Exterior Room Identification Signage: As specified for interior room identification signage.
Mounting to be with screws through face of sign. Screws to be finished to match sign color.
D. Exterior Building Signage:
1. ¼” aluminum plate cut out letters: Letters shall be sized as indicated. Letter style shall be as indicated. Color to be factory applied baked enamel finish, after fabrication, color shall be selected by Owner from manufacturer’s standard colors.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Signage
Roseville, California 101400-2
Mounting shall be projected, with threaded studs set in adhesive, letters to project ½”.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 Identification Signage Installation
A. Install toilet room accessibility signs on door as indicated.
B. Install interior room identification signage on wall adjacent to doors, mounting heights shall be 60” above FFE, and as required by code.
C. Install exterior building signage as indicated above and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Toilet, Shower & Changing Compartments Roseville, California 10 21 13.19-1
SECTION 10 21 13.19
PLASTIC TOILET, SHOWER & CHANGING COMPARTMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes solid-plastic toilet compartments, shower compartments and changing compartments configured and urinal screens.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals: Recycled Content.
C. Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments, shoer compartments and changing compartments.
Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment details.
D. Samples for each type of toilet / shower / changing compartment material indicated.
E. Product certificates.
F. Maintenance data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency.
Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.
2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.
B. Recycled Content: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than (maximum available) percent.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and 2016 California Building Code for toilet compartments designated as accessible.
2.2 SOLID-PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS & CHANGING COMPARTMENTS A. Manufacturers: Basis of Design Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Bobrick, Sierra Series SRC or approved equal by one of the following::
1. Scranton Products, Hiny Hiders.
2. General Partitions Mfg. Corp.
3. Global Partitions Corp., an ASI Group Company.
B. Toilet-Enclosure Style: Overhead braced and floor anchored.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Toilet, Shower & Changing Compartments Roseville, California 10 21 13.19-2
C. Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung.
D. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high-density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch thick, seamless, with eased edges, and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material.
1. Integral Hinges: Configure doors and pilasters to receive integral hinges.
2. Heat-Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum or stainless- steel strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid-plastic components to hinder malicious combustion.
3. Color and Pattern: One color and pattern in each room as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
E. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel.
F. Brackets (Fittings):
1. Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets, stainless steel.
2.3 SOLID-PLASTIC SHOWER COMPARTMENTS
A. Manufacturers: Basis of Design Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Bobrick, Sierra Series SRC or approved equal by one of the following:
1. Scranton Products, Hiny Hiders.
2. General Partitions Mfg. Corp.
3. Global Partitions Corp., an ASI Group Company.
B. Shower-Enclosure Style: Overhead braced and floor anchored.
C. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, 6463-T5 alloy and temper D. Shower Curtains: Vinyl, 72 inches high x width per plan, hung with aluminum curtain hooks with self-lubricating Delrin slides.
E. Panels: 76 inches high, mounted to pilasters with continuous brackets and to panels with continuous extruded aluminum brackets or continuous extruded aluminum shower corner brackets.
F. Headrail: Heavy-duty extruded aluminum, anti-grip design, clear anodized finish, fastened to headrail brackets and top of pilaster using stainless steel tamper-resistant Torx head screws.
G. Brackets: 76 inches long, extruded aluminum, clear anodized finish, attached using stainless steel tamper-resistant Torx head screws
2.4 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard operating hardware and accessories.
1. Material: Stainless steel.
2. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible.
B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Toilet, Shower & Changing Compartments Roseville, California 10 21 13.19-3
C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless-steel, hot-dip galvanized-steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with related materials.
2.5 SOLID PLASTIC BENCHES
A. Basis of Design: Provide Scranton Products TuffTec solid plastic benches or equivalent.
B. Bench Tops: Manufacturer's standard one-piece units, minimum width is 9-1/2-inch or 20”-24” at ADA accessible benches. Thickness to be 1-1/2 inches thick, with rounded corners and edges.
1. Material: High density polyethylene (HDPE) h density polyethylene .
C. Pedestals: Aluminum pedestals shall be 2-3/8-inch diameter x 16-inches high.
D. Color as selected by Owner
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories where required for attachment of toilet accessories.
B. Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism.
C. Floor-Anchored Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment nuts at pilasters for structural connection to floor. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal anchorage.
D. Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch wide, in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch wide, out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices.
1. Maximum Clearances:
a. Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch.
b. Panels and Walls: 1 inch.
2. Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel. a. Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. b. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Plastic Toilet, Shower & Changing Compartments Roseville, California 10 21 13.19-4
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Toilet and Bath Accessories
Roseville, California 102800-1
SECTION 10 28 00
TOILET and BATH ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Public-use washroom accessories.
2. Public-use shower room accessories.
3. Childcare accessories.
4. Underlavatory guards.
5. Custodial accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: Full size, for each exposed product and for each finish specified.
C. Sample warranty.
D. Maintenance data.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
2.2 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES
A. Manufacturers: Basis-of-Design product is listed in each category below. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. American Specialties, Inc.
b. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.
c. Bradley Corporation.
d. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc.
B. Grab Bars TBA-1 and TBA-2:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-6806x36 and B-6806x48.
2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners.
3. Material: Stainless steel, 18 gauge thick.
a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin).
4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Toilet and Bath Accessories
Roseville, California 102800-2
5. Configuration and Length: Straight, 36 inches long at rear and 48 inches long at side of water closet.
C. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser TBA-3:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-6977.
2. Description: Double-roll dispenser.
3. Mounting: Recessed. Provide recess at CMU wall construction to receive unit where applicable.
4. Operation: Noncontrol delivery with theft-resistant spindle.
5. Capacity: Designed for 5-inch diameter tissue rolls.
6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
D. Seat-Cover Dispenser TBA-4:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-221 Classic Series.
2. Mounting: Surface mounted.
3. Minimum Capacity: 250 seat covers.
4. Exposed Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
5. Lockset: Tumbler type.
E. Seat Cover and Toilet Tissue Dispensers TBA-5:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-347 Classic Series for various applications.
2. Description: Double-roll toilet tissue dispenser and seat-cover dispenser.
3. Mounting: Recessed in frame wall (B34745) and surface-mounted on toilet partition serving one compartment (B-3479).
4. Operation: Noncontrol delivery with theft-resistant spindle.
5. Capacity: Designed for 5-inch diameter tissue rolls and 250 seat covers.
6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
F. Seat Cover Dispenser, Sanitary Napkin Disposal and Toilet Tissue Dispensers TBA-6:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-3574 Classic Series for various applications.
2. Description: Double-roll toilet tissue dispenser, sanitary napkin disposal and seat-cover dispenser.
3. Mounting: Surface-mounted on toilet partition serving one compartment (B-3579) and centered through partition used from both sides (B-357).
4. Operation: Noncontrol delivery with theft-resistant spindle.
5. Capacity: Designed for 5-inch diameter tissue rolls and 250 seat covers.
6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
G. Combination Towel (Folded) Dispenser/Waste Receptacle TBA-7:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-3944 (recessed) and B-3949 (surface-mounted).
2. Description: Combination unit for dispensing C-fold or multifold towels, with removable waste receptacle.
3. Mounting: Surface mounted (B-3949) and Recessed with projecting receptacle (B-3944). a. Designed for nominal 4-inchwall depth.
b. Provide recess at CMU wall construction to receive unit where applicable.
4. Minimum Towel-Dispenser Capacity: 600 C-fold or 800 multifold paper towels.
5. Minimum Waste-Receptacle Capacity: 12 gal.
6. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
7. Liner: Reusable, vinyl waste-receptacle liner.
8. Lockset: Tumbler type for towel-dispenser compartment and waste receptacle H. Paper Towel (Folded) Dispenser TBA-8:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-2621 (7 1/8” high) and B-262 (14” high).
2. Mounting: Surface mounted.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Toilet and Bath Accessories
Roseville, California 102800-3
3. Minimum Capacity: 200 C-fold or 525 multifold towels and 400 C-fold or 800 multifold towels.
4. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
5. Lockset: Tumbler type.
6. Refill Indicator: Pierced slots at sides or front.
I. Mirror Unit TBA-9:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-165 2448.
2. Frame: Stainless-steel channel.
a. Corners: Mitered and mechanically interlocked.
3. Hangers: Produce rigid, tamper- and theft-resistant installation, using method indicated below.
a. Wall bracket of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a special tool to remove.
4. Size: 24” wide x 48” high.
J. Liquid-Soap Dispenser TBA-10:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-2111.
2. Description: Designed for dispensing soap in liquid or lotion form.
3. Mounting: Vertically oriented, surface mounted.
4. Capacity: 40 fluid oz.
5. Materials: Satin finish stainless steel.
6. Lockset: Tumbler type.
7. Refill Indicator: Window type.
K. Coat Hook TBA-12:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-6717.
2. Description: Single-prong unit.
3. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
4. Mounting: Mount on inside face of all toilet and changing cubicles.
2.3 PUBLIC-USE SHOWER ROOM ACCESSORIES
A. Grab Bars TBA-13:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-6806x18 and B-6806x48.
2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners.
3. Material: Stainless steel, 18 gauge thick.
a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin).
4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches.
5. Configuration and Length: Straight, 18inchesat side wall and 48 inches long at rear wall of accessible shower.
B. Folding Shower Seat TBA-14:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-5192.
2. Configuration: Rectangular seat.
3. Seat: Phenolic or polymeric composite of slat-type or one-piece construction in color as selected by Architect.
4. Mounting Mechanism: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
5. Dimensions: 22.5” wide, projects 15 13/16” from wall.
C. Shower Curtain TBA-15:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-204-2 Curtain and 204-1 Curtain Hooks.
2. Size: Minimum 6 inches -12 inches wider than opening by 72 inches (1828 mm) high.
3. Material: Vinyl, minimum 0.006 inch thick, opaque, matte.
4. Color: As selected from manufacturer's full range.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Toilet and Bath Accessories
Roseville, California 102800-4
5. Grommets: Corrosion resistant at minimum 6 inches o.c. through top hem.
6. Shower Curtain Hooks: Chrome-plated or stainless-steel, spring wire curtain hooks with snap fasteners, sized to accommodate specified curtain rod. Provide one hook per curtain grommet.
D. Soap Dish at Frame Walls and CMU Walls TBA-16:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-4390.
2. Mounting: Recessed. Provide recess at CMU wall construction to receive unit where applicable.
3. 4. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
2.4 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES
A. Diaper-Changing Station TBA-19:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick KB200-05.
2. Description: Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with child-protection strap. Provide required signage.
3. Mounting: Surface mounted, with unit projecting not more than 4 inches from wall when closed.
4. Operation: By pneumatic shock-absorbing mechanism.
5. Material and Finish: HDPE in manufacturer's standard color.
6. Liner Dispenser: Built in.
2.5 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS
A. Underlavatory Guard TBA-20:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Buckaroos, Inc.
b. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc.
c. Truebro by IPS Corporation.
2. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevents direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings.
3. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white.
2.6 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES
A. Mop and Broom Holder TBA-21:
1. Basis-of-Design is Bobrick B-223.
2. Description: Unit with mop and broom holders.
3. Length: 24inches.
4. Mop/Broom Holders: Three, spring-loaded, rubber hat, cam type.
5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin).
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying.
Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Toilet and Bath Accessories
Roseville, California 102800-5
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.
B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to ASTM F 446.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Fire Extinguisher Cabinets Roseville, California 104413-1
SECTION 10 44 13
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes fire-protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For fire-protection cabinets.
C. Maintenance data.
1.03 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated.
B. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire-protection cabinets with wall depths.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Fire-Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire-resistance rating of walls where they are installed.
2.02 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINET
A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher.
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Larsen’s Manufacturing Co. “Architectural Series” or comparable product by one of the following:
a. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. b. Modern Metal Products, Division of Technico Inc.
c. Nystrom, Inc.
d. Potter Roemer LLC.
B. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated and 1-hour fire rated.
1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: Construct fire-rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from
0.043-inch-thick cold-rolled steel sheet lined with minimum 5/8-inch-thick fire-barrier material. Provide factory-drilled mounting holes.
C. Cabinet Material: Cold-rolled steel sheet.
D. Semirecessed Cabinet: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend).
1. Square-Edge Trim: 1-1/4- to 1-1/2-inch backbend depth.
2. Rolled-Edge Trim: 2-1/2-inch backbend depth.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Fire Extinguisher Cabinets Roseville, California 104413-2
E. Cabinet Trim Material: Stainless-steel sheet.
F. Door Material: Stainless-steel sheet.
G. Door Style: Vertical duo panel with frame.
H. Door Glazing: Clear float glass Break glass.
I. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.
J. Accessories:
1. Door Lock: Cam lock that allows door to be opened during emergency by pulling sharply on door handle.
2. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect. a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire-protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER."
1) Location: Applied to cabinet door.
2) Application Process: Silk-screened.
3) Lettering Color: Red.
4) Orientation: Vertical.
K. Materials:
1. Cold-Rolled Steel: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. a. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat.
b. Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities.
2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
a. Finish: No. 4 directional satin finish.
3. Clear Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q3, 3 mm thick.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare recesses for semirecessed fire-protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.
B. Install fire-protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated C. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
D. Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Fire Extinguishers
Roseville, California 104416-1
SECTION 10 44 16
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
C. Operation and maintenance data.
1.03 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire-protection cabinets to ensure fit and function.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers."
B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2.02 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire-protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. - JL Industries. b. Amerex Corporation.
c. Larsens Manufacturing Company.
d. Nystrom.
e. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Fire Extinguishers
Roseville, California 104416-2
2. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B, and bar coding for documenting fire-extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging.
B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 4A-60BC nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled container.
2.03 MOUNTING BRACKETS <Insert drawing designation>
A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or red baked-enamel finish.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
a. Activar Construction Products Group, Inc. - JL Industries. b. Amerex Corporation.
c. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc.
d. Larsens Manufacturing Company.
e. Nystrom.
f. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International.
B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect.
1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface.
a. Orientation: Horizontal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.
1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers.
B. Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Mounting Brackets: 48inches above finished floor to the highest operable part of fire extinguisher.
C. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Residential Appliances Roseville, California 113100-1
SECTION 11 31 00
R
ESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Refrigeration appliances.
1.02 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.
C. Product certificates.
D. Sample warranties.
E. Operation and maintenance data.
1.04 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranties: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace residential appliances or components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Appliances: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
2.02 REFRIGERATOR/FREEZERS
A. Refrigerator/Freezer: Single door, refrigerator/freezer and complying with AHAM HRF-1.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available ma nufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. Samsung RB34T630ESA/EF
2. Type: Freestanding.
3. General Features:
a. Dispenser in door for ice and cold water.
b. Interior light in refrigeration compartment.
c. Automatic defrost.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Residential Appliances Roseville, California 113100-2
d. Interior light in freezer compartment.
e
. Automatic icemaker and storage bin.
4. ENERGY STAR: Provide appliances that qualify for the EPA/DOE ENERGY STAR product-labeling program.
5. Front Panel(s): Stainless steel
B. Food Waste Disposal:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pro ducts by one of the following:
a. Insinkerator SS-125
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and that rough openings are completely concealed.
B. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate equipment.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections:
1. Perform visual, mechanical, and electrical inspection and testing for each appliance according to manufacturers' written recommendations. Certify compliance with each manufacturer's appliance-performance parameters.
2. Leak Test: After installation, test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist.
3. Operational Test: After installation, start units to confirm proper operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and components.
B. An appliance will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Solid Surfacing Countertops Roseville, California 123661.16-1
SECTION 12 36 61.16
S
OLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Solid surface material countertops.
2. Solid surface material backsplashes.
3. Solid surface material end splashes.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For countertop materials.
B. Sustainable Design Submittals:
1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.
2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low- emitting materials.
3. Laboratory Test Reports : For composite wood products, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials.
C. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge and backsplash profiles, methods of joining, and cutouts for plumbing fixtures.
D. Samples: For each type of material exposed to view.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP MATERIALS
A. Solid Surface Material: Homogeneous-filled plastic resin complying with ICPA SS-1.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pr o ducts by one of the following:
a. E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
b. Formica Corporation.
c. Wilsonart LLC.
2. Type: Provide Standard type unless Special Purpose type is indicated.
3. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
B. Composite Wood Products : Products shall be made using ultra-low-emitting for maldehyde
resins as defined in the California Air Resources Board's "Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products" or shall be made with no added formaldehyde.
C. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.
D. Plywood: Exterior softwood plywood complying with DOC PS 1, Grade C-C Plugged, touch sanded.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
City of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool House Remodel Solid Surfacing Countertops Roseville, California 123661.16-2
2.2 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION
A
. Fabricate countertops according to solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions and to the AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards."
1. Grade: Custom.
B. Configuration:
1. Front: 1-1/2-inch laminated bullnose.
2. Backsplash: Radius edge with 3/8-inch radius.
3. End Splash: Matching backsplash.
C. Countertops: 1/2-inch-thick, solid surface material with front edge built up with same material.
D. Backsplashes: 1/2-inch-thick, solid surface material.
E. Joints: Fabricate countertops in sections for joining in field, with joints at locations indicated.
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Adhesive: Product recommended by solid surface material manufacturer.
1. Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less.
2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."
B. Sealant for Countertops: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Fasten countertops by screwing through corner blocks of base units into underside of countertop. Predrill holes for screws as recommended by manufacturer.
B. Fasten subtops to cabinets by screwing through subtops into cornerblocks of base cabinets.
Shim as needed to align subtops in a level plane. Over plywood or particleboard, secure countertops to subtops with adhesive according to solid surface material manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Bond joints with adhesive and draw tight as countertops are set. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to joints to prevent adhesive smears.
D. Install backsplashes and end splashes by adhering to wall and countertops with adhesive.
E. Complete cutouts not finished in shop. Mask areas of countertops adjacent to cutouts to prevent damage while cutting. Make cutouts to accurately fit items to be installed, and at right angles to finished surfaces unless beveling is required for clearance. Ease edges slightly to prevent snipping.
F. Apply sealant to gaps at walls; comply with Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."
END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 1
SECTION 22 00 50 - BASIC PLUMBING MATERIALS AND METHODS P
ART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Access Doors.
2. Insulation.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. This Section is a part of each Division 22 Section.
1.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish and install any incidental work not shown or specified which is necessary to provide a complete and workable system.
B. Make all temporary connections required to maintain services during the course of this Contract without additional cost to the Owner. Notify the Owner seven days in advance before disturbing any service.
C. Plumbing work done under this contract shall not adversely affect the operation of the existing plumbing systems.
1.4 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. Where material or equipment is specified to conform to referenced standards, it shall be assumed that the most recent edition of the standard in effect at the time of bid shall be used.
1. CSA – Canadian Standards Association International.
2. ANSI - American National Standards Institute.
3. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.
4. CCR - California Code of Regulations.
a. Title 8 - Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 7; General Industry Safety Orders, Articles 31 through 36.
5. NCPWB - National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau.
6. CEC - California Electrical Code.
7. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers' Association.
8. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association.
9. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act.
10. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 2
1. T he publications listed below form part of this specification; comply with provisions of these publications except as otherwise shown or specified. a. California Building Code, 2019.
b. California Electrical Code, 2019.
c. California Energy Code, 2019.
d. California Fire Code, 2019.
e. California Green Building Standards Code, 2019.
f. California Mechanical Code, 2019.
g. California Plumbing Code, 2019.
h. California Code of Regulations, Title 24.
i. California Health and Safety Code.
j. CAL-OSHA.
k. California State Fire Marshal, Title 19 CCR.
l. National Fire Protection Association.
m. Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
n. Other applicable state laws.
2. Nothing in Drawings or specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes, or to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. It is not the intent of Drawings or specifications to repeat requirements of codes except where necessary for clarity.
1.5 DRAWINGS
A. Examine Contract Documents prior to bidding of work and report discrepancies in writing to Architect.
B. Drawings showing location of equipment and materials are diagrammatic and job conditions will not always permit installation in location shown. The Plumbing Drawings show general arrangement of equipment and materials, etc., and shall be followed as closely as existing conditions, actual building construction, and work of other trades permit.
1. Architectural and Structural Drawings shall be considered part of the Work. These Drawings furnish Contractor with information relating to design and construction of the Project. Architectural Drawings take precedence over Plumbing Drawings.
2. Because of the small scale of Plumbing Drawings, not all offsets, fittings, and accessories required are shown. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting the Work and arrange Work accordingly. Provide offsets, fittings, and accessories required to meet conditions. Inform Architect immediately when job conditions do not permit installation of equipment and materials in the locations shown. Obtain the Architects approval prior to relocation of equipment and materials.
3. Relocate equipment and materials installed without prior approval of the Architect.
Remove and relocate equipment and materials at Contactors’ expense upon Architects’ direction.
4. Minor changes in locations of equipment, piping, etc., from locations shown shall be made when directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner providing such change is ordered before such items of work, or work directly connected to same are installed and providing no additional material is required.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 3
C. E xecute work mentioned in Specifications and not shown on Drawings, or vice versa, the same as if specifically mentioned or shown in both.
1.6 FEES AND PERMITS
A. Obtain and pay for all permits and service required in installation of this work; arrange for required inspections and secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with requirements of Division 01.
B. Arrange for utility connections and pay charges incurred, including excess service charges.
1. Bear the cost of construction related to utility services, from point of connection to utility services shown on Contract Documents. This includes piping, excavation, backfill, meters, boxes, check valves, backflow prevention devices, general service valves, concrete work, and the like, whether or not Work is performed by Contractor, local water/sanitation district, public utility, other governmental agencies or agencies’ assigns.
C. Coordination:
1. General:
a. Coordinate plumbing Work with trades covered in other Specifications Sections to provide a complete, operable and sanitary installation of the highest quality workmanship.
2. Electrical Coordination:
a. Refer to the Electrical Drawings and Specifications, Division 26, for service voltage and power feed wiring for equipment specified under this section.
Contractor has full responsibility for the following items of work:
1) Review the Electrical Drawings and Division 26 Specifications to verify that electrical services provided are adequate and compatible with equipment requirements.
2) If additional electrical services are required above that indicated on Electrical Drawings and in Division 26, such as more control interlock conductors, larger feeder, or separate 120 volt control power source, include cost to furnish and install additional electrical services as part of the bid. 3) Prior to proceeding with installation of additional electrical work, submit detailed drawings indicating exact scope of additional electrical work.
3. Mechanical Coordination:
a. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to accommodate mechanical system installation. b. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring access where concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section “Access Doors and Frames.” c. Coordinate with other trades equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, air inlets and outlets, and structural and architectural Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 4
features. Provide information on location of piping and seismic bracing to other t
rades as required for a completely coordinated project.
1.7 SUBMITTALS - GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 01 Submittals Section(s) for additional requirements.
B. Submittal packages may be submitted via email as PDF electronic files, or as printed packages.
PDFs shall be legible at actual size (100 percent). Provide seven copies of printed submittal packages.
C. Provide submittal of materials proposed for use as part of this Project. Product names in Specifications and on Drawings are used as standards of quality. Furnish standard items on specified equipment at no extra cost to the Contract regardless of disposition of submittal data.
Other materials or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by Architect.
Architect's review will be required even though "or equal" or synonymous terms are used.
1. Partial or incomplete submittals will not be considered.
2. Quantities are Contractor's responsibility and will not be reviewed.
3. Provide materials of the same brand or manufacturer for each class of equipment or material.
4. Identify each item by manufacturer, brand, trade name, number, size, rating, or other data necessary to properly identify and review materials and equipment. Words "as specified" are not sufficient identification.
5. Identify each submittal item by reference to items’ Specification Section number and paragraph, by Drawing and detail number, and by unit tag number.
6. Organize submittals in same sequence as in Specification Sections.
7. Show physical arrangement, construction details, finishes, materials used in fabrications, provisions for piping entrance, access requirements for installation and maintenance, physical size, mechanical characteristics, foundation and support details, and weight. a. Submit Shop Drawings, performance curves, and other pertinent data, showing size and capacity of proposed materials.
b. Specifically indicate, by drawn detail or note, that equipment complies with each specifically stated requirement of Contract Documents.
c. Drawings shall be drawn to scale and dimensioned (except schematic diagrams).
Drawings may be prepared by vendor but must be submitted as instruments of Contractor, thoroughly checked and signed by Contractor before submission to Architect for review.
d. Catalog cuts and published material may be included with supplemental scaled drawings.
D. Review of submittals will be only for general conformance with design concept and general compliance with information given in Contract Documents. Review will not include quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges, fabrication processes, construction methods, coordination with work of other trades, or construction safety precautions, which are sole responsibility of Contractor. Review of a component of an assembly does not indicate acceptance of an assembly. Deviations from Contract Documents not clearly identified by Contractor are Contractor’s responsibility and will not be reviewed by Architect.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 5
E. W ithin reasonable time after award of contract and in ample time to avoid delay of construction, submit to Architect Shop Drawings or submittals on all items of equipment and materials provided. Provide submittal in at least seven copies and in complete package.
1. Shop Drawings and submittals shall include Specification Section, Paragraph number, and Drawing unit symbol or detail number for reference. Organize submittals into booklets for each Specification section and submit in loose-leaf binders with index.
Deviations from the Contract Documents shall be prominently displayed in the front of the submittal package and referenced to the applicable Contract requirement.
F. Furnish to the Project Inspector complete installation instructions on material and equipment before starting installation.
1.8 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for plumbing systems materials and products.
B. Shop Drawings.
C. Pipe, pipe or plumbing fittings, fixtures, solder and flux installed in a system providing water for human consumption shall comply with lead free requirements of the California Health and Safety Code Section 116875. Provide submittal information for products third-party certified by an approved laboratory as complying with California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.
1. Additional Requirements: In addition to the above, conform to all state and local requirements.
1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions.
2. Furnish three complete sets of Operation and Maintenance Manual bound in hardboard binder, and one compact disc containing complete Operation and Maintenance Manual in searchable PDF format. Provide Table of Contents. Provide index tabs for each piece of equipment in binder and disc. Begin compiling data upon approval of submittals. a. Sets shall incorporate the following:
1) Product Data.
2) Shop Drawings.
3) Record Drawings.
4) Service telephone number, address and contact person for each category of equipment or system.
5) Complete operating and maintenance instructions for each item of plumbing equipment and systems.
6) Copies of guarantees/warrantees for each item of equipment and systems. 7) Test data and system balancing reports.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 6
8) T ypewritten maintenance instructions for each item of equipment listing lubricants to be used, frequency of lubrication, inspections required, adjustment, etc.
9) Manufacturers' bulletins with parts numbers, instructions, etc., for each item of equipment.
10) Control diagrams and literature.
11) Check test and start reports for each piece of plumbing equipment provided as part of the Work.
12) Commissioning and Preliminary Operation Tests required as part of the Work.
b. Post service telephone numbers and/or addresses in an appropriate place as designated by the Architect.
B. Record Drawings:
1. Refer to Division 01, Record Documents, for requirements governing Work specified herein.
2. Upon completion of the work, deliver to Architect the following:
a. Originals of drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. b. One complete set of reproducible drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. c. One compact disc with complete set of drawings in PDF format showing the Work exactly as installed.
d. Provide Contractor’s signature, verifying accuracy of record drawings. e. Obtain the signature of the Project Inspector for all record drawings.
1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions. Requirements given below are in addition to or are intended to amplify Division 01 requirements. In the case of conflict between requirements given herein and those of Division 01, Division 01 requirements shall apply.
B. It is the responsibility of Contractor to assume costs incurred because of additional work and or changes required to incorporate proposed substitute into the Project. Refer to Division 01 for complete instructions.
C. Substitutions will be interpreted to be all manufacturers other than those specifically listed in the Contract Documents by brand name, model or catalog number.
D. Only one request for substitution will be considered for each item of equipment or material.
E. Substitution requests shall include the following:
1. Reason for substitution request.
2. Complete submittal information as described herein; see “Submittals.”
3. Coordinated scale layout drawings depicting position of substituted equipment in relation to other work, with required clearances for operation, maintenance and replacement.
4. List optional features required for substituted equipment to meet functional requirements of the system as indicated in Contract Documents.
5. Explanation of impact on connected utilities.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 7
6. E xplanation of impact on structural supports.
F. Installation of reviewed substitution is the Contractors’ responsibility. Any mechanical, electrical, structural, or other changes required for installation of reviewed substituted equipment or material must be made by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner.
Review by the Architect of the substituted equipment or material, including dimensioned Drawings will not waive these requirements.
G. Contractor may be required to compensate the Architect for costs related to substituted equipment or material.
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of plumbing systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Contractor's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with plumbing systems work similar to that required for this Project.
C. California Health and Safety Code Compliance: For products covered under the scope of HSC 116875 for potable water service. Products for potable water service shall be third-party certified by an approved laboratory as complying with California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.
D. Comply with applicable portions of California Plumbing Code pertaining to selection and installation of plumbing materials and products.
E. All materials and products shall be new and shall match existing.
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect equipment and piping delivered to Project site from weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt, dust and other contaminants.
1.13 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall visit Project site and examine existing conditions in order to become familiar with Project scope. Verify dimensions shown on Drawings at Project site. Bring discrepancies to the attention of Architect. Failure to examine Project site shall not constitute basis for claims for additional work because of lack of knowledge or location of hidden conditions that affect Project scope.
B. Information on Drawings relative to existing conditions is approximate. Deviations from Drawings necessary during progress of construction to conform to actual conditions shall be approved by the Architect and shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be held responsible for damage caused to existing services. Promptly notify the Architect if services are found which are not shown on Drawings.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 8
1.14 W ARRANTY
A. Refer to Division 01 for warranty requirements, and duration and effective date of Contractor’s Standard Guarantee.
B. Repair or replace defective work, material, or part that appears within the warranty period, including damage caused by leaks.
C. On failure to comply with the warranty requirements within a reasonable length of time after notification is given, the Architect/Owner shall have the repairs made at the Contractor's expense.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Materials or equipment of the same type shall be of the same brand wherever possible. All materials shall be new and in first class condition.
B. All sizes, capacities, and efficiency ratings shown are minimum, except that gas capacity is maximum available.
C. Refer to Sections 22 10 00 for specific system piping materials.
2.2 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. No material installed as part of this Work shall contain asbestos.
B. Insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants and coatings shall not contain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations in amounts greater than 0.1 percent (by mass).
2.3 ACCESS DOORS
A. Where floors, walls, or ceilings must be penetrated for access to mechanical equipment, provide access doors, 14 inch by 14 inch minimum size in usable opening. Where entrance of a serviceman may be required, provide 20 inch by 30 inch minimum usable opening. Locate access doors/panels for non-obstructed and easy reach.
1. All access doors less than 7'-0" above floors and exposed to public access shall have keyed locks.
B. Access doors shall match those supplied in Division 08 in all respects, except as noted herein.
C. Provide stainless steel access doors for use in toilet rooms, shower rooms, kitchens and other damp areas. Provide steel access doors with prime coat of baked-on paint for all other areas.
D. Do not locate access doors in highly visible public areas such as lobbies, waiting areas, and primary entrance areas. Coordinate with the Architect when access is required in these areas.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 9
E. W here specific information or details relating to access panels different from the above is shown or given on the Drawings or other Divisions of work, then that information shall supersede this specification.
F. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated into the Work include Milcor, Karp, Nystrom, or Cesco, equal to the following:
1. Milcor
a. Style K (plaster).
b. Style DW (gypsum board).
c. Style M (Masonry).
d. Style "Fire Rated” where required.
2.4 INSULATION WORK
A. General:
1. Insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants and coatings shall not contain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations in amounts greater than 0.1 percent (by mass).
2. Adhesives and sealants shall comply with testing and product requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District, Rule 1168.
3. The term "piping" used herein includes pipe, valves, strainers and fittings.
4. Apply insulating cement to fittings, valves and strainers and trowel smooth to the thickness of adjacent covering. Cover with jacket to match piping. Extend covering on valves up to the bonnet. Leave strainer cleanout plugs accessible.
5. Provide pre-formed PVC valve and fitting covers.
6. Provide Calcium Silicate rigid insulation and sheet metal sleeve, 18 inch minimum length at each pipe hanger. Seal ends of insulation to make vapor tight with jacket.
7. Test insulation, jackets and lap-seal adhesives as a composite product and confirm flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with UL723 or ASTM E84.
8. Clean thoroughly, test and have approved, all piping and equipment before installing insulation and/or covering.
9. Repair all damage to existing pipe and equipment insulation whether or not caused during the work of this contract, to match existing adjacent insulation for thickness and finish, but conforming to flame spread and smoke ratings specified above.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING MATERIALS
A. Remove existing equipment, piping, wiring, construction, etc., which interferes with Work of this Contract. Promptly return to service upon completion of work in the area. Replace items damaged by Contractor with new material to match existing.
B. Removed materials which will not be re-installed and which are not claimed by Owner shall become property of Contractor and shall be removed from Project site. Consult Owner before Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 10
removing any material from Project site. Carefully remove materials claimed by Owner to p
revent damage and deliver to Owner-designated storage location.
C. Existing piping and wiring not reused and are concealed in building construction may be abandoned in place and all ends shall be capped or plugged. Remove unused piping and wiring exposed in Equipment Rooms or occupied spaces. Material shall be removed from Project premises. Disconnect power, water, gas, pump or any other active energy source from piping or electrical service prior to abandoning in place.
D. Existing piping, ductwork, and equipment modified or altered as part of this Work shall comply with the most recent applicable code requirements.
3.2 FRAMING, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Special framing, recesses, chases and backing for Work of this Section, unless otherwise specified, are covered under other Specification Sections.
B. Contractor is responsible for placement of pipe sleeves, hangers, inserts, supports, and location of openings for the Work.
C. Cutting, patching, and repairing of existing construction to permit installation of equipment, and materials is the responsibility of Contractor. Repair or replace damage to existing work with skilled mechanics for each trade.
D. Cut existing concrete construction with a concrete saw. Do not utilize pneumatic devices.
E. Core openings through existing construction for passage of new piping and conduits. Cut holes of minimum diameter to suit size of pipe and associated insulation installed. Coordinate with building structure, and obtain Structural Engineer's approval prior to coring through existing construction.
3.3 PLUMBING DEMOLITION
A. Refer to Division 01 Sections “Cutting and Patching” and “Selective Demolition” for general demolition requirements and procedures.
B. Disconnect, dismantle and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. Coordinate with all other trades.
1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping to remain with same or compatible piping material. Refrigerant system must be evacuated per EPA requirements.
3. Equipment to Be Removed: Drain down and cap remaining services and remove equipment.
4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 11
5. E quipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality.
3.4 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide adequate working space around electrical equipment in compliance with the California Electrical Code. Coordinate the Mechanical Work with the Electrical Work to comply.
B. Furnish necessary control diagrams and instructions for the controls. Before permitting operation of any equipment which is furnished, installed, or modified under this Section, review all associated electrical work, including overload protection devices, and assume complete responsibility for the correctness of the electrical connections and protective devices. Motors and control equipment shall conform to the Standards of the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. All equipment and connections exposed to the weather shall be NEMA IIIR with factory-wired strip heaters in each starter enclosure and temperature control panel where required to inhibit condensation.
C. All line voltage and low voltage wiring and conduit associated with the Temperature Control System are included in this Section. Wiring and conduit shall comply with Division 26.
3.5 PIPING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawing plans, schematic and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.
3.6 EXCAVATING
A. Perform all excavating required for work of this Section. Provide the services of a pipe/cable locating service prior to excavating activities to determine location of existing utilities.
B. Unless shown otherwise, provide a minimum of 2'-6" cover above top of pipe to finished grade for all service piping, unless otherwise noted. Trim trench bottom by hand or provide a 4 inch deep minimum bed of sand to provide a uniform grade and firm support throughout entire length of pipe. For all PVC pipe and for PE gas pipe, bed the pipe in 4 inch sand bed. Pipe bedding materials should be clean crushed rock, gravel or sand of which 100 percent will pass a 1 inch sieve. For pipes that are larger than 10 inches in diameter, at least 95 percent should pass a 3/4 inch sieve, and for pipes 10 inches in diameter or smaller, 100 percent should pass a 1/2 inch sieve. All other materials should have a minimum sand equivalent of 50. Only a small proportion of the native soils will meet these requirements without extensive processing; therefore, importation of pipe bedding materials should be anticipated. Pipe bedding materials shall be compacted in lifts not exceeding 6 inches in compacted thickness. Each lift shall be compacted to not less than 90 percent relative compaction at or above the optimum moisture content, in accordance with ASTM Specification D2940, except that bedding materials graded such that 100 percent of the material will pass a No. 200 sieve shall be compacted in 6 inch lifts Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 12
using a single pass of a flat-plate, vibratory compactor or vibratory drum. Pipe bedding m
aterials should extend at least to the spring line.
C. Maintain all warning signs, barricades, flares, and red lanterns as required.
D. For all trenches 5 feet or more in depth, submit copy of permit detailed drawings showing shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trenches. Obtain a permit from the Division of Industrial Safety prior to beginning excavations. A copy of the permit shall be available at the site at all times.
3.7 BACKFILLING
A. Backfill shall comply with applicable provisions of Division 31 of these Specifications.
B. Except under existing or proposed paved areas, walks, roads, or similar surfaces, backfill for other types of pipe shall be made using suitable excavated material or other approved material.
Place backfill in 8 inch layers, measured before compaction, and compact with impact hammer to at least 90 percent relative compaction per ASTM D2940.
1. Backfill plastic pipe and insulated pipe with sand for a minimum distance of 12 inches above the top of the pipe. Compact using mechanical tamping equipment.
C. Entire backfill for excavations under existing or proposed pavements, walks, roads, or similar surfaces, under new slabs on grade, shall be made with clean sand compacted with mechanical tamping equipment vibrator to at least 90 percent relative compaction per ASTM D2940.
Remove excess earth. Increase the minimum compaction within the uppermost two feet of backfill to 95 percent.
D. Replace or repair to its original condition all sod, concrete, asphalt paving, or other materials disturbed by the trenching operation. Repair within the guarantee period as required.
3.8 PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
A. At time of final connection, and prior to opening valve to allow pressurization of water and gas piping from existing systems, on site or off site, perform a pressure test to indicate static pressure of existing systems. If pressure on water piping is greater than 80 psi, or gas pressure is not as indicated on Contract Documents, inform Architect immediately. Do not allow piping systems to be pressurized without written consent of the Architect.
B. General:
1. All piping shall be concealed unless shown or otherwise directed. Allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
2. Installation of piping shall be made with appropriate fittings. Bending of piping will not be accepted.
3. Install piping to permit application of insulation and to allow valve servicing.
4. Where piping or conduit is left exposed within a room, the same shall be run true to plumb, horizontal, or intended planes. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor, or ceiling surfaces.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 13
5. H orizontal runs of pipes and/or electrical conduit suspended from ceilings shall provide for a maximum headroom clearance. The clearance shall not be less than 6'-6" without written approval from the Architect.
6. Close ends of pipe immediately after installation. Leave closure in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation.
7. Each piping system shall be thoroughly flushed and proved clean before connection to equipment.
8. Pipe the discharge of each relief valve, air vent, backflow preventer, and similar device to floor sink or drain.
9. Install exposed polished or enameled connections with special care showing no tool marks or threads at fittings.
10. Install horizontal valves with valve stem above horizontal.
11. Use reducing fittings; bushings shall not be allowed. Use eccentric reducing fittings wherever necessary to provide free drainage of lines and passage of air.
12. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
13. Furnish and install anchors or thrust blocks on PVC water lines in the ground, at all changes in direction of piping, and at all connections or branches from mains 1-1/2 inch and larger. Form anchors or thrust blocks by pouring concrete between pipe and trench wall. Thrust blocks shall be of adequate size and so placed as to take thrusts created by maximum internal water pressure. Sizing and placement shall be per manufacturer's recommendations, CPC, and IAPMO installation standards. Anchor piping to building construction.
14. Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain: Grade piping inside building uniformly 1/4 inch per foot if possible but not less than 1/8 inch per foot. Run piping as straight as possible.
Make piping connections between building piping and outside service pipe with cast iron reducers or increasers. Slope sewers uniformly between given elevations where invert elevations are shown.
15. Where piping is installed in walls within one inch of the face of stud, provide a 16 gauge sheet metal shield plate on the face of the stud. The shield plate shall extend a minimum of 1-1/2 inches beyond the outside diameter of the pipe.
C. Floor, Wall, and Ceiling Plates:
1. Fit all pipes with or without insulation passing through walls, floors, or ceilings, and all hanger rods penetrating finished ceilings with chrome-plated or stainless escutcheon plates.
3.9 UNION AND FLANGE INSTALLATION
A. Install Watts, Epco, Nibco, or equal, dielectric unions or flanges at points of connection between copper or brass piping or material and steel or cast iron pipe or material except in drain, waste, vent, or rainwater piping. Bushings or couplings shall not be used. Dielectric unions installed in potable water systems shall conform to the lead-free requirements of the California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.
B. Install unions in piping NPS 2” and smaller, and flanges in piping NPS 2-1/2” and larger whether shown or not at each connection to all equipment and tanks, and at all connections to all automatic valves, such as temperature control valves. Unions installed in potable water systems shall conform to the lead-free requirements of the California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 14
C. L ocate the unions for easy removal of the equipment, tank, or valve.
3.10 ACCESS DOOR INSTALLATION
A. Furnish and install access doors wherever required whether shown or not for easy maintenance of mechanical systems; for example, at concealed valves, strainers, traps, cleanouts, dampers, motors, controls, operating equipment, etc. Access doors shall provide for complete removal and replacement of equipment.
3.11 PIPE PROTECTION
A. Wrap bare galvanized and black steel pipe buried in the ground and to 6" above grade, including piping in conduit, with one of the following, or equal:
1. Polyethylene Coating: Pressure sensitive polyethylene coating, "X-Tru-Coat" as manufactured by Pipe Line Service Corporation or "Green Line" wrap as manufactured by Roystron Products, or equal.
a. Field Joints and Fittings: Protecto Wrap #1170 tape as manufactured by Pipe Line Service Corporation, or Primer #200 tape by Roystron Products, or equal.
Installation shall be as per manufacturer's recommendation and instructions.
2. Tape Wrap: Pressure-sensitive polyvinyl chloride tape, "Transtex #V-l0 or V-20", "Scotchwrap 50", Slipknot l00, PASCO Specialty & Mfg., Inc., or equal, with continuous identification. Tape shall be a minimum of 20 mils thick for fittings and irregular surfaces, two wraps, 50 percent overlap, 40 mils total thickness. Tape shall be laminated with a suitable adhesive; widths as recommended by the manufacturer for the pipe size.
Wrap straight lengths of piping with an approved wrapping machine.
B. Field Joints: Valves and Fittings: double wrap polyvinyl chloride tape as above. Provide at least two thicknesses of tape over the joint and extend a minimum of 4 inches over adjacent pipe covering. Build up with primer to match adjacent covering thickness. Width of tape of fittings shall not exceed 3 inches. Tape shall adhere tightly to all surfaces of the fittings without air pockets.
C. Testing: Test completed wrap of piping, including all epoxy painted piping with Tinker and Rasor Co. test machine (San Gabriel, CA - 818-287-5259), Pipeline Inspection Company (Houston, TX - 713-681-5837), or equal.
D. Cleaning: Clean all piping thoroughly before wrapping.
1. Inspection: Damaged or defective wraps shall be repaired as directed. No wrapped pipe shall be covered until approved by Architect.
E. Sleeve copper piping/tubing installed below slab with “Polywrap-C” polyethylene sleeve, as manufactured by Northtown Pipe Protection Products, or equal. Sleeve shall be a minimum of 6 mils thick, colored blue for domestic water piping and orange for other piping. Install sleeve per manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.
F. Sleeve copper piping/tubing installed outside building below grade with “Polywrap-C” polyethylene sleeve, as manufactured by Northtown Pipe Protection Products, or equal. Sleeve Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 15
shall be a minimum of 6 mils thick, colored blue for domestic water piping. Install sleeve per m
anufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.
G. Sleeve cast iron and ductile iron pipe below grade and below slab with “Polywrap” polyethylene sleeve, as manufactured by Northtown Pipe Protection Products, or equal. Sleeve shall be a minimum of 8 mils thick, colored natural. Install sleeve per manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.
H. Covering: No rocks or sharp edges shall be backfilled against the wrap or sleeve. When backfilling with other than sand, protect wrap with an outer wrapping of Kraft paper; leave in place during backfill.
3.12 PIPING SYSTEM PRESSURE TESTING
A. General:
1. Perform operational tests under simulated or actual service conditions, including one test of complete plumbing installation with fixtures and other appliances connected.
2. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.
B. Piping Systems: Test piping systems in accordance with the following requirements and applicable codes:
1. Authority having jurisdiction shall witness tests of piping systems.
2. Notify Architect at least seven days in advance of testing.
3. All piping shall be tested at completion of roughing-in, or at other times as directed by Architect.
4. Furnish necessary materials, test pumps, gases, instruments and labor required for testing.
5. Isolate from system equipment that may be damaged by test pressure.
C. Test Schedule: No loss in pressure or visible leaks shall show after four hours at the pressures indicated.
D. Testing of Sanitary Sewer, Drain, Vent, and Storm Drain may be done in segments in order to limit pressure to within manufacturer’s recommendations. Test to 10 feet above highest point in the system.
System Tested
Test Pressure PSI Test With
Sanitary Sewer, Drain, Vent 10 Ft. Hd. Water
Storm Drain, Condensate Drains 10 Ft. Hd. Water
Domestic Water 125 Water
1. Non-corrosive leak test fluid shall be suitable for use with piping material specified, and with the type of gas conveyed by the piping system.
3.13 CERTIFICATES OF INSTALLATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods Roseville, California 22 00 50 - 16
A. C ontractor shall complete applicable “Certificates of Installation” forms contained in the California Building Energy Efficiency Standards and submit to the authorities having jurisdiction for approval and issuance of final occupancy permit, as described in the California Energy Code.
END OF SECTION 22 00 50
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 1
S
ECTION 22 10 00 - PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe and fittings.
2. Valves.
3. Domestic water piping specialties.
4. Drain and waste piping specialties.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 22 00 50 Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for plumbing piping systems materials and products.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Gas Pipe Installer Qualifications: Provide evidence of current qualifications for individuals performing work requiring qualifications.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for plumbing piping systems materials and products. Include this data in Operation and Maintenance Manual.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one valve key for each key operated hydrant, bibb, or faucet installed.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 2
1 .7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Provide materials and products complying with California Plumbing Code. Where more than one type of material or product is indicated, selection from materials or products specified is Contractor's option.
B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Plastic piping components shall be marked with "NSF-pw."
2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS ATTACHED TO AND BELOW BUILDINGS INCLUDING 5 FEET
FROM BUILDINGS
A. Piping and fittings attached to covered walkways and corridors shall comply with the requirements of this article.
B. Drain and Waste Pipe Above Grade: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings, aspha l tic coated,
conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard (CISPI) 301 and so marked. Pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured by AB&I, Charlotte, Tyler Pipe, or equal.
Pipe and fittings shall be the products of a single manufacturer. At Contractor’s option, vertical piping above floor from lavatories, sinks, and drinking fountains may be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings, or DWV weld pipe and fittings.
1. Joints above grade: No-Hub pipe conforming to ASTM A888 and CISPI 301. Couplings conforming to ASTM 1277 and CISPI 310, with stainless steel bands. Provide products by ANACO-Husky, Tyler, Ideal or equal. Provide sway brace at 20'-0" maximum spacing for suspended pipe with No-Hub joints. Provide a brace on each side of a change in direction of 90 degrees or more. Brace riser joints at each floor and at 15 foot maximum intervals (also see Specification Section 22 00 50).
C. Drain and Waste Pipe Below Grade: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to ASTM A888 and CISPI 301 and so marked. Pipe and fittings shall be as manufactured by AB&I, Charlotte, Tyler Pipe, or equal. Pipe and fittings shall be the products of a single manufacturer. At Contractor’s option, hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe and fittings, asphaltic coated, conforming to ASTM A-74 and so marked, may be used.
1. Joints below grade: ANACO-Husky SD 4000, Clamp-All 125, or equal couplings and No-Hub fittings, meeting the requirements of FM 1680, SD Class I and ASTM C1540.
2. Joints below grade (hub and spigot option): Neoprene gaskets conforming to ASTM C564, as manufactured by Ty-Seal, Dual-Tite, or equal.
D. Vent Pipe:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 3
1 . 3 inch and larger: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301 and so marked. Joints in cast iron vent pipe shall be the same as specified for cast iron waste pipe above grade.
2. 2-1/2 inch and smaller: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings as specified for sizes 3 inch and larger, Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with black cast iron drainage fittings, or DWV copper pipe and fittings.
3. Vent pipe buried in ground and to 6 inches above ground: Cast iron soil pipe and fittings conforming to ASTM A888 and Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301 and so marked. Joints in cast iron vent pipe shall be the same as specified for cast iron waste pipe below ground.
E. Water Pipe (Tempered Water, Tempered Water Return, Hot Water, Hot Water Return and Cold Water): ASTM B88, Type L copper tubing, hard-temper, with wrought copper fittings. Provide full solder cup for all fittings. Capped or plugged outlets shall be Schedule 40 screwed brass.
Water piping below slab: ASTM B88, Type K copper tubing, hard temper, with wrought copper fittings. At Contractor’s option, pipe runs below slab having no branches may be ASTM B88, Type K annealed copper tubing without joints. See Section 22 00 50 for pipe protection requirements for below slab copper piping.
F. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve Piping: ASTM B88, Type L copper tubing, hard-temper, with wrought copper fittings. Provide full solder cup for all fittings. Capped or plugged outlets shall be Schedule 40 screwed brass.
2.3 PIPE JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to piping Articles in this Section for special joining materials not listed below.
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch (3.2-mm) maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated
a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast iron and cast bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast iron and steel flanges.
2. AWWA C111, rubber, flat face, 1/8-inch (3.2mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless other indicated.
3. Flange Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 100 percent lead free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B813.
D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCup-5 Series, copper-phosphorus unless otherwise indicated. Sil-Fos 15, or equal.
2.4 VALVES AND FITTINGS FOR POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 4
A
. General:
1. Provide valves and fittings conforming to lead-free requirements of California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.
a. Provide valves listed to NSF/ANSI 61-G or NSF/ANSI 372 for valve materials for potable-water service.
1) Exception: Main distribution gate valves above 1-1/2 inches located underground outside building are not required to conform lead-free requirements of California Health and Safety Code Section 116875.
B. Ball Valves:
1. 2 inches and smaller: 600 psi CWP, cast bronze or brass body, full port, two piece, threaded ends, and reinforced PTFE seal, conforming to MSS SP-110. Nibco T-685-80- LF, Milwaukee UPBA400, Apollo 77C-LF10, Kitz 868, or equal.
2. 2-1/2 inches: Apollo 77C-LF10, or equal.
2.5 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Water Hammer Arrestors:
1. Provide water hammer arrestors conforming to lead-free requirements of California Health and Safety Code Section 116875, with nesting type bellows contained within a casing having sufficient displacement volume to dissipate the calculated kinetic energy generated in the piping system. Water hammer arrestors shall be sized for type and number of fixtures served. Provide all stainless steel shell construction with stainless steel bellows and threaded connection to water system.
2. Water hammer arrestors shall be certified under P.D.I. Standard WH201 and by ASSE Standard 1010.
3. Select units in accordance with the requirements of Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard P.D.I. WH201. Install above ceilings or behind wall access door at each plumbing fixture, or where plumbing fixtures are installed in groups, at each group of fixtures.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
a. Josam Company, series 75000.
b. Smith (Jay R.) Mfg. Co., Hydrotrol 5005-5050.
c. Mifab, series WHB.
B. Relief Valves:
1. Provide relief valves as indicated, of size and capacity as selected by Contractor for proper relieving capacity, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
2. Combined Pressure-Temperature Relief Valves: Bronze body, test lever, thermostat, complying with ANSI A21.22 listing requirements for temperature discharge capacity.
Provide temperature relief at 210 degrees F, and pressure relief at 150 psi.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 5
3 . Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
a. Watts Regulator Company.
b. Cash (A.W.) Valve Manufacturing Corporation.
c. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins-Regulator Division.
C. Trap Primers:
1. Manufacturers: Drawing schedules indicate Basis of Design products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings, or comparable product by one of the following, or equal:
a. MiFab, Inc.
b. Precision Plumbing Products.
c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company.
2.6 DRAIN AND WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Cleanouts:
1. General: Install cleanouts of same diameter as pipe (4 inch maximum) in all horizontal soil and waste lines where indicated and at all points of change in direction. Cleanouts shall be located not less than 18 inches from building construction so as to provide sufficient space for rodding. No horizontal run over 50 feet inside buildings or 100 feet outside buildings shall be without cleanout, whether shown on Drawings or not. Provide two-way cleanouts where indicated on drawings, and where required for satisfactory use. a. Provide cleanouts in waste drop from each sink and urinal. b. Provide one wrench for each size and type of cleanout used. Turn over to Owner at completion of the project, and obtain receipt. Place receipt in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
2. Cleanouts in floor and in concrete sidewalks: Ducco Cast Iron with nickel bronze top, clamping collar and ABS plastic plug: Zurn ZN-1400-KC, or equal, with square or round top to suit floor construction.
3. Cleanouts in composition floors: Zurn ZN-1400-X-DX, or equal (nickel bronze top).
4. Cleanouts in concealed, aboveground cast-iron soil or waste lines: Zurn Z-1440A, or equal, with ABS plastic plug.
5. Cleanouts in walls: Zurn Z-1441 or Z-1443, or equal, with stainless steel cover. Provide long sweep elbow or combination wye at connection to riser and install with surface of cleanout within ½ inch of front face of finished wall.
a. Where space does not permit the above installation, provide Zurn Z-1446, or equal, with stainless steel access cover, and vandal resistant screw. b. Install face of cleanout plug within 1/2 inch of front face of finished wall.
B. Floor Drains:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 6
1 . Manufacturers: Drawing schedules indicate Basis of Design products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings, or comparable product by one of the following, or equal:
a. J.R. Smith.
b. MIFAB.
c. Watts.
d. Zurn.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which plumbing piping systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Contractor.
B. Make all arrangements for the utilities required. Pay all costs involved in obtaining the services including gas service and meter, water meter, pressure reducing valve, access boxes, street work. Connect to site utilities. Verify the location of all services. No extra cost will be allowed if services are not as shown.
C. Determine sanitary sewer and storm drain location and elevation at all points of connection before installing any piping. Notify Architect immediately if indicated grades cannot be maintained.
D. At time of final connection, and prior to opening valve to allow pressurization of water and gas piping from existing systems, on site or off site, perform a pressure test to indicate static pressure of existing systems. If pressure on water piping is greater than 80 psi, or gas pressure is not as indicated on Contract Documents, inform Architect immediately. Do not allow piping systems to be pressurized without written consent of the Architect.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF WATER PIPING
A. Run all water piping generally level, free of traps or unnecessary bends, arranged to conform to the building requirements, and to suit clearance for other mechanical work such as ducts, flues, conduits, and other work. No piping shall be installed so as to cause unusual noise from the flow of water therein under normal conditions.
B. Provide manufactured water hammer arrestors, sized and installed in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI WH201.
1. Locate water hammer arrestors at every plumbing fixture, or, where fixtures are located in groups, at every group of fixtures, and as indicated on Drawings.
2. Install water hammer arresters above accessible ceilings, or install access doors for service.
C. Install piping on room side of building insulation.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 7
D
. Check final location of rubber rings within couplings on PVC water piping with gauge or as recommended by manufacturer. Make connection to valves with cast iron adapters connected to water pipe with cast iron couplings. Furnish and install anchors or thrust blocks.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Sewer Piping: Run all horizontal sanitary drain piping inside of building on a uniform grade of not less than 1/4 inch per foot unless otherwise noted or later approved. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, piping shall have invert elevations as shown and slope uniformly between given elevations.
B. Run all drainage piping as straight as possible and provide easy bends with long turns; make all offsets at an angle of 45 degrees or less.
C. Grade all vent piping so as to free itself quickly of any water condensation.
D. Where possible, join groups of vent risers together with one enlarged outlet through roof.
Maintain minimum of 10 foot horizontal or 3 foot vertical clearance from air intakes.
E. Hubless Cast Iron Joints: Comply with coupling manufacturer's installation instructions.
3.4 PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS
A. General:
1. Cutting: Cut pipe and tubing square, remove rough edges or burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
2. Remove scale, slag, dirt and debris from inside and outside of pipe before assembly.
3. Boss or saddle type fittings or mechanically extracted tube joints will not be allowed.
B. Threaded Pipe: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID.
Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply thread compound to external pipe threads: Rectorseal No. 5, Permatex No. 1, or equal.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged.
C. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.
D. Copper Pipe and Tubing (Except pneumatic control piping): All joints shall be brazed according to ASME Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications, except domestic water piping 1-1/4 inches and smaller when not buried in the ground or concrete and type DWV plumbing piping may be soldered.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 8
1 . Soldered joints: Apply water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828.
E. Cast Iron Soil Pipe:
1. No-Hub fittings shall be made with a torque wrench.
2. Hub joints shall be with Ty-Seal couplings.
3. Wrought iron, steel, or copper pipe shall have a ring or part of a coupling screwed on to form a spigot end if caulked into a joint.
4. Connect cast iron sewer piping to outside service pipe with cast iron or vitrified LOP reducers or increasers as required. Caulking of smaller pipe into the larger without a reducer or increaser will not be permitted.
F. Flexible Connections:
1. Furnish and install Thermo Tech., Inc. F/J/R, Metraflex, or equal, flexible couplings with limiter bolts on piping connections to all equipment mounted on anti-vibration bases, on each connection to each base mounted pump and where shown. Couplings shall be suitable for pressure and type of service.
2. Anchor piping securely on the system side of each flexible connection.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. Install valves as indicated on Drawings and in the following locations:
1. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet of each plumbing equipment item, and on inlet of each plumbing fixture, and elsewhere as indicated.
2. Drain Valves: Install on each plumbing equipment item located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install at base of each riser, at base of each rise or drop in piping system, and elsewhere indicated or required to completely drain potable water system.
3. Provide gate or globe valves on inlet and outlet of each water heater or pump.
B. General:
1. Valves shall be full line size unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.
2. Install horizontal valves with valve stem above horizontal, except butterfly valves.
3. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
4. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
5. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
6. Install exposed polished or enameled connections with special care showing no tool marks or exposed threads.
7. Butterfly valves conforming to the paragraph “Butterfly Valves” may be used in lieu of gate or globe valves for locations above grade.
8. Ball valves conforming to the paragraph “Ball Valves” may be used in lieu of gate valves for locations above grade for services 2-1/2 inches and smaller.
9. Valves 2-1/2 inches and smaller (except ball valves) in nonferrous water piping systems may be solder joint type with bronze body and trim.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 9
1 0. Rigidly fasten hose bibbs, hydrants, fixture stops, compressed air outlets, and similar items to the building construction.
C. Valve Adjustment: Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS
A. Cleanouts: Install in piping as indicated, as required by California Plumbing Code, at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. Install at maximum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4 inches and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping inside buildings, and at base of each conductor.
B. Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each cleanout passing through water resistant membrane.
3.7 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS AND FLOOR SINKS
A. Install drains in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in locations indicated.
Install floor drains with lip of drain slightly below finished floor to ensure drainage. Install floor sinks flush with finished floor. Coordinate with other trades to ensure that floor slopes to drain.
Provide flashing flange and clamping device with each drain passing through water resistant membrane.
B. Install vented P-trap below each drain. Where trap primers are indicated, install trap primer connection in the P-trap.
3.8 TRAP PRIMER INSTALLATION
A. Install as indicated in manufacturers printed literature, with 1/2 inch, Type L, hard copper piping to trap primer connection on floor drains and floor sinks where indicated on Drawings.
At Contractor’s option, Type K annealed copper tubing without joints may be used be used below slab only. See Section 22 00 50 for pipe protection requirements for below slab copper piping/tubing.
B. Install trap primer piping with 1/4 inch per foot slope, to insure that the line will drain fully to the floor drain or floor sink.
1. Provide ball valve to the inlet at each trap primer location.
C. Install trap primer and distribution unit exactly as called for in manufacturers printed installation instructions. Connect to domestic water piping from the top of the water line, in order to prevent foreign material from entering directly into primer assembly.
D. Mount trap primer in wall, in sheet metal box, with Karp or equal access door. Size access door and box to suit valve operation, and solder all seams of box. Seal all penetrations to box with non-hardening waterproof sealant. Provide locking door where installed in occupied spaces.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Piping System
Roseville, California 22 10 00 - 10
E
. Where one trap primer will be used for more than one trap, provide a distribution unit with feeder piping for a maximum of four traps sized for equal pressure drop to each trap.
3.9 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated.
B. Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water piping system and gas piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and provide with shutoff valve and union for each connection.
3.10 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM STERILIZATION
A. Clean and disinfect new or altered hot and cold water piping connected to domestic water systems using methods prescribed by the Health Authority. If the Health Authority does not prescribe methods, clean and disinfect new or altered hot and cold water piping using methods given in the California Plumbing Code.
1. A water treatment company that has a current state EPA license to apply disinfectant chlorine in potable water shall perform the procedure.
3.11 CARE AND CLEANING
A. Repair or replace broken, damaged, or otherwise defective parts, materials, and work. Leave entire work in condition satisfactory to Architect. At completion, carefully clean and adjust equipment, fixtures, and trim that are installed as part of this work. Remove labels from stainless steel sinks, except 316 stainless steel sink labels should be retained to confirm that the correct material has been provided. Leave systems and equipment in satisfactory operating condition.
3.12 OPERATIONAL TESTS
A. Test each piece of equipment to show that it will operate in accordance with indicated requirements.
3.13 TESTING AND BALANCING
A. See Section 23 05 93 of Specifications for testing and balancing requirements.
3.14 CLEANING UP
A. Upon completion of Work remove materials, equipment, apparatus, tools, and the like, and leave premises clean, neat, and orderly.
END OF SECTION 22 10 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 1
SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
P
ART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Water supplies and stops.
2. Plumbing fixture hangers and supports.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 22 00 50 Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications for plumbing fixtures and trim, including catalog cut of each fixture type and trim item furnished.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each fixture type and trim item, including instructions for care of finishes. Include this data in Operation and Maintenance Manual.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Plumbing Fixture Standards: Comply with applicable portions of the following codes and requirements for all work in this Section:
1. California Building Code – CBC
2. California Plumbing Code – CPC
3. California Health and Safety Code
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 2
4. A merican National Standards Institute - ANSI
5. Federal Standards - F.S.
6. National Sanitary Foundation – NSF International
C. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI/NSF 61, “Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects.”
D. PDI Compliance: Comply with standards established by Plumbing and Drainage Institute pertaining to plumbing fixture supports.
E. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
F. California Green Building Standards Code Requirements:
1. Single Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. General: Provide factory fabricated fixtures of type, style and material indicated. For each type fixture, provide fixture manufacturer's standard trim, carrier, seats, and valves as indicated by their published product information; either as designed and constructed, or as recommended by the manufacturer, and as required for a complete, installation. Where more than one type is dedicated, selection is Contractor's option; but, all fixtures of same type must be furnished by single manufacturer.
1. Take special care with the roughing-in and finished plumbing where batteries of fixtures occur.
2. Take location and mounting heights for roughing-in from Architectural Drawings.
3. Follow schedule on Plumbing Drawings for roughing-in connections. Set roughing-in for all fixtures exactly as per measurements furnished by the manufacturers of the fixtures used.
4. Roughing-in for lavatories and sinks shall be brought in through the wall under the centerline of the drain from the fixture wherever possible and as close to the fixture as possible.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Provide materials that have been selected for their surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, foundry sand holes, stains, discoloration, or other surface imperfections on finished units are not acceptable.
B. Where fittings, trim and accessories are exposed or semi-exposed, provide, chromium plated 17 gauge seamless brass and match faucets and fittings. Provide 17 gauge seamless copper or brass where not exposed.
C. Handles on all faucets and stops shall be all metal chromium plated.
D. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for supply-fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 3
2.3 P LUMBING FITTINGS, TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. Water Outlets: At locations where water is supplied (by manual, automatic or remote control), provide commercial quality faucets, valves, or dispensing devices, of type and size indicated, and as required to operate as indicated.
1. Include manual shutoff valves and connecting stem pipes to permit outlet servicing without shut-down of water supply piping systems.
B. P-Traps: Include IAPMO approved removable P-traps where drains are indicated for direct connection to drainage system. P-Traps shall be less trap screw cleanout, and incorporate a chrome plated cast brass body, brass connection nuts, 17 gauge seamless brass wall return and chrome plated wall escutcheon to match trap finish.
C. Carriers: Provide cast iron supports for fixtures of graphitic gray iron, ductile iron, or malleable iron as indicated. Where the carrier for wall mounted water closets are installed more than 6 inches behind the finished wall, provide water closet support for wide pipe chase.
D. Fixture Bolt Caps: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fixture bolt caps finished to match fixture finish.
E. Escutcheons: Where fixture supplies and drains penetrate walls in exposed location, provide chrome-plated cast brass escutcheons with setscrews.
F. Aerators: Provide aerators of types approved by Health Departments having jurisdiction. Delete aerators where not allowed by CPC for health care occupancies.
G. Comply with additional fixture requirements contained in Fixture Schedule shown on the drawings.
2.4 MANUFACTURERS
A. In accordance with California Plumbing Code, provide indelibly marked or embossed manufacturers name or logo, arranged so as to be visible after installation.
B. Manufacturers: Drawing schedules indicate Basis of Design products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings, or comparable product by one of the following:
1. Vitrified China Plumbing Fixtures:
a. American Standard, U.S. Plumbing Products.
b. Eljer Plumbingware Div., Wallace-Murray Corp.
c. Kohler Co.
d. VitrA.
2. Plumbing Trim:
a. McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
b. Delta Commercial.
c. Chicago Faucet Co.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 4
d. T &S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
3. Flush Valves:
a. Sloan Valve Co.
b. Zurn Industries, Hydromechanics Div.
c. Toto USA, Inc.
4. Faucets:
a. Chicago Faucet Co.
b. Symmons Scott.
c. T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
d. Delta Commercial.
5. Fixture Seats:
a. Church Seat Co.
b. Bemis Mfg. Co.
c. Beneke Corp.
6. Service Sinks:
a. American Standard.
b. Kohler Co.
c. Williams Serviceptor.
d. Florestone.
e. Acorn.
7. Stainless Steel Sinks:
a. Elkay Mfg. Co.
b. Just Mfg. Co.
c. Haws Corporation.
8. Showers:
a. Acorn.
b. Bradley.
c. Symmons.
d. Powers.
9. Fixture Carriers:
a. Josam Mfg. Co.
b. J. R. Smith.
c. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
d. Zurn Industries; Hydromechanics Div.
e. Mifab, Inc.
2.5 FLUSH VALVE REQUIREMENTS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 5
A. E lectronic flush valves where required and specified shall be non-hold open type with exposed parts chrome plated. Conform to all codes and manufacturers' recommendations. All diaphragms are to have multiple filtered by pass and be chloramine and resistant synthetic rubber with rubber and internal components suitable for 180 degree hot water to 150 pounds pressure, plastic or leather diaphragm not acceptable. All flush valve solenoids and sensors shall be UL listed.
2.6 FIXTURE CONNECTIONS
A. Make connection between fixtures and flanges on soil pipe absolutely gastight and watertight with neoprene type gaskets (wall hung fixtures) or bowl wax (floor outlet fixtures). Rubber gaskets or putty will not be permitted.
B. Provide fixtures not having integral traps with P-traps of chromium-plated 17 gauge cast brass, with 17 gauge seamless brass wall return, connected to concealed waste in wall and sanitary fittings. Provide IAPMO approval for trap, and provide less trap screw cleanout.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
a. Dearborn Brass, Commercial series with brass nuts.
b. Delta Commercial.
c. McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
C. Connections from stacks or horizontal wastes to wall or floor finish for wastes from lavatories, urinals, sinks, and drinking fountains and connection between floor drains and traps shall be IPS 85 percent red brass pipe.
D. Unions on waste pipes on fixture side of traps may be slip or flange joints with soft rubber or lead gaskets. Traps shall rough in full size to waste and vent connection, using deep escutcheon plate to cover wall penetration. Compression adaptor extensions or sweat adaptors are not acceptable.
2.7 WATER SUPPLIES AND STOPS
A. Provide 85 percent IPS threaded red brass nipple, conforming to the lead-free requirements of California Health and Safety Code Section 116875, securely anchored to building construction, for each connection to stops, hose bibbs, etc. Each fixture, except hose bibbs, shall have stop valves installed on water supply lines.
B. Provide water supplies to fixtures with compression shut-off stops with threaded inlets and lock shield-loose key handles. Provide combination fixtures with compression stop and threaded inlet on each water supply fitting. Provide lock shield-loose key handle for each stop.
C. Provide 1/2 inch riser tubes with reducing coupling for fixtures, unless otherwise noted.
D. Provide cast brass escutcheon.
E. Furnish shut-off valves on hose bibbs where directly connected to mains with no intervening valves.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 6
F. M anufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
1. McGuire Manufacturing Company, Inc., model LFH2167LK.
2. T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc., model B-1305.
2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Floor-affixed supports for off-the-floor plumbing fixtures shall comply with ASME A112.6.1M.
B. Residential type fixture supports are not acceptable.
C. Install wall mounted water closets with combination support and waste fittings, with feet of support securely anchored to floor.
D. Install floor mounted water closets with J.R. Smith, Zurn, or equal government pattern cast iron closet flanges with brass bolts, nuts, washers, and porcelain caps secured with Spackle.
E. Install the following fixtures on concealed support with feet of support securely anchored to floor. Anchor top of support to wall construction in an approved manner.
1. Wall hung lavatories.
2. Wall mounted urinals.
2.9 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. Install all plumbing fixtures at height indicated on Architectural Drawings. Where mounting height is not indicated, install at height required by Code.
B. Special Requirements For Accessible Fixtures:
1. Operating handle or valve for accessible water closets, urinals, lavatories, and sinks shall operate with less than 5 pounds force. Metering faucets shall be adjusted to operate between 10 and 15 seconds.
2. Insulate exposed waste piping and domestic water supplies below accessible fixtures with CBC access code compliant molded “closed-cell” vinyl covers. Covers shall be installed using vandal resistant fasteners and must be removable. Covers shall meet flame spread rating not to exceed 25 and smoke density not to exceed 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84, and shall comply with the requirements of California Code of Regulations, Title 24. Plumberex – Handy Shield, Johns Manville – Zeston 2000, or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRODUCT HANDLING AND PROTECTION
A. Deliver packaged materials in their original, unopened wrapping with labels intact. Protect materials from water, the elements and other damage during delivery, storage and handling.
3.2 PREPARATORY PROVISIONS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 7
A. T he Contractor is responsible for the examination and acceptance of all conditions affecting the proper construction and/or installation of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencing work will be construed as acceptance of all conditions by the Contractor as satisfactory for the construction and/or installation of the Work.
3.3 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Examine roughing-in work of domestic water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. Also examine floors and substrates, and conditions under which fixture work is to be accomplished. Correct any incorrect locations of piping, and other unsatisfactory conditions for installation of plumbing fixtures. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Install plumbing fixtures of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, roughing-in drawings. Ensure that plumbing fixtures comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Comply with applicable requirements of the National Standard Plumbing Code pertaining to installation of plumbing fixtures.
C. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to supports or building structure; and ensure that fixtures are level and plumb. Secure plumbing supplies to blocking behind or within wall construction so as to be rigid, and not subject to pull or push movement.
D. Install CBC accessible fixtures in accordance with Chapter 4 California Plumbing Code, and Chapters 11A and 11B California Building Code.
E. Refer to Division 26 for wiring for electronic flush valves.
3.4 FAUCET INSTALLATION
A. Provide 85 percent IPS red brass pipe, conforming to lead-free requirements of California Health and Safety Code Section 116875, securely anchored to building construction, for each connection to faucets, stops, hose bibbs, etc. Each fixture, except hose bibbs, shall have a stop valve installed on water supply lines to permit repairs without shutting off water mains.
B. Adjust metering faucets to run for 10 to 15 seconds.
3.5 CLEAN AND PROTECT
A. Clean plumbing fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of installation.
B. Protect installed fixtures from damage during the remainder of the construction period.
C. Grout voids between all fixtures and adjacent surfaces with white Dow Silicone Sealant, arranged to shed water.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Upon completion of installation of plumbing fixtures and after units are water pressurized, test fixtures to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. When possible, correct Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Fixtures
Roseville, California 22 40 00 - 8
malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and r
eplace with new units and proceed with retesting.
3.7 EXTRA STOCK
A. General: Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing plumbing fixtures and trim to Owner with receipt. Furnish one device for every ten units.
END OF SECTION 22 40 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Equipment
Roseville, California 22 50 00 - 1
SECTION 22 50 00 – PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
P
ART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. SECTION INCLUDES
1. Commercial electric water heaters.
2. Expansion tanks.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 22 00 50 Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's plumbing equipment specifications, installation and start-up instructions, capacity and ratings, with selection points clearly indicated.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each item of plumbing equipment.
Include "trouble-shooting" maintenance guides. Include this data in Operation and Maintenance Manual.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 22 00 50, Basic Plumbing Materials and Methods.
B. Trade names or catalog numbers stated herein indicates grade or quality of materials desired.
C. Dimensions, sizes, and capacities shown are minimum and shall not be changed without permission of Architect.
D. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electric motors and electrical components required as part of plumbing equipment, which have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and comply with NEMA standards.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Equipment
Roseville, California 22 50 00 - 2
E. P ump types and sizes regulated by the US Department of Energy’s “Energy Conservation Standards for Pumps” 10 CRF Parts 429 and 431 shall be marked with a compliant PEI CL or P
EIVL (Pump Energy Index, constant or variable load) value, basic model number, and RPM on t
he nameplate. Regulated pumps shall be listed in the Hydraulic Institute (HI) Energy Rating database (er.pumps.org) and be assigned an Energy Rating as defined in the HI 40.5 program guide.
F. CEC Compliance: Comply with California Electrical Code (Title 24, Part 3) as applicable to installation and electrical connections of ancillary electrical components of plumbing equipment.
G. ASME Relief Valve Stamps: Provide water heaters with safety relief valves bearing ASME valve markings.
H. California Energy Commission Compliance: Provide written confirmation of listing of all water heaters in the "Appliance Efficiency Database.”
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials in their original, unopened wrapping with labels intact. Protect materials from water, the elements and other damage during delivery, storage and handling.
1.8 WARRANTY
1. Commercial Electric Water Heaters: Three-year minimum limited warranty on tank leakage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372.
B. Insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants and coatings shall not contain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations in amounts greater than 0.1 percent (by mass).
2.2 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
A. General: Provide commercial electric water heaters of size, capacity, and electrical characteristics indicated on Drawings. Comply with ASHRAE 90.1 for energy efficiency. Provide UL listing.
Relief valve dip tube shall extend to within 3 inches of tank.
B. Heater: Working pressure of 150 psi, magnesium anode rod; glass lining on internal surfaces exposed to water.
C. Heating Elements: Heavy-duty, medium watt density, with incoloy sheath or zinc plated copper, thermostat stepped through magnetic contactor.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Equipment
Roseville, California 22 50 00 - 3
D. S afety Controls: Double-pole, manual-reset, high-limit, probe type electric water low water cutoff; both factory wired.
E. Jacket: Equip with full size control compartments with front panel opening. Insulate tank with vermin resistant polyurethane or glass fiber insulation. Provide outer steel jacket with bonderized undercoat and baked enamel finish.
F. Provide the following accessories:
1. Brass drain valve.
2. 3/4 inch temperature and pressure relief valve.
3. Thermometer.
G. Provide equal flow manifold for piping entering and leaving the water heaters. Manifold shall be provided as a standard option for the heaters proposed.
H. Controls: Adjustable immersion thermostat or surface mounted therm-o-disc; power circuit fusing.
I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
1. Bradford White Corporation.
2. Lochinvar Corporation.
3. PVI Industries, LLC.
4. Rheem Manufacturing Company.
5. Smith, A.O. Water Products Co.; a division of A.O. Smith Corporation.
2.3 EXPANSION TANKS
A. Provide thermal expansion tanks of size and number as indicated on Drawings, conforming to lead-free requirements of California Health and Safety Code Section 116875. Construct tank of welded steel for working pressure of 125 psi. Provide specially compounded flexible diaphragm securely sealed into tank to permanently separate air charge from system water, to maintain design expansion capacity.
1. Tanks shall be IAPMO approved and listed for use with domestic water systems.
B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
1. Amtrol, Inc.
2. A.O. Smith Water Products Company.
3. Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Plumbing Equipment
Roseville, California 22 50 00 - 4
A. T he Contractor shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of all conditions affecting the proper construction and/or installation of the Work of this Section and shall not proceed until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencing work shall be construed as acceptance of all conditions by the Contractor as satisfactory for the construction and/or installation of the Work.
3.2 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A. Install electric water heaters as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and in compliance with applicable codes.
B. Furnish wiring diagram to Electrical Installer. Refer to Division 26 for wiring of units, not work of this section.
C. Connect to hot and cold water lines with shutoff valve, check valve, and dielectric union in the cold water line, and ASME standard pressure and temperature relief valve and dielectric union in the hot water line. Connect drain and relief piping as noted on Drawings.
D. Start-up, test, and adjust electric water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Check and calibrate controls.
E. After installation has been completed, seal bottom of heaters without feet to floor with silicone sealer.
3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. Provide a minimum of hours of training and orientation of Owners staff in proper care and operation of Plumbing Equipment.
3.4 CARE AND CLEANING
A. Repair or replace broken, damaged, or otherwise defective parts, materials, and work. Leave entire work in condition satisfactory to Architect. At completion, carefully clean and adjust equipment, fixtures, and trim that are installed as part of this work. Leave systems and equipment in satisfactory operating condition.
3.5 OPERATIONAL TESTS
A. Test each piece of equipment to show that it will operate in accordance with indicated requirements.
3.6 CLEANING UP
A. Upon completion of Work remove materials, equipment, apparatus, tools, and the like, and leave premises clean, neat, and orderly.
END OF SECTION 22 50 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 1
SECTION 23 00 50 - BASIC HVAC MATERIALS AND METHODS
P
ART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. This Section is a part of each Division 23 Section.
1.2 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish and install incidental work not shown or specified necessary to provide a complete and workable system.
B. Make all temporary connections required to maintain services, including adequate heat and cooling, during the course of the Contract without additional cost to Owner. Notify Owner seven days in advance before disrupting services.
C. Provide for adjustments or modifications to fan and motor sheaves, belts, damper linkages, and other components as required to achieve specified air balance at no additional cost to Owner.
1.3 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. Where material or equipment is specified to conform to referenced standards, it shall be assumed that the most recent edition of the standard in effect at the time of bid shall be used.
1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council
2. AFBMA - Anti Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association
3. AMCA - Air Moving and Control Association Inc.
a. Standard 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans
4. ANSI - American National Standards Institute
5. ARI - Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
6. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
7. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers
8. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
9. CCR - California Code of Regulations
a. Title 8 - Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 7; General Industry Safety Orders, Articles 31 through 36
10. CSA – Canadian Standards Association International
11. CSFM - California State Fire Marshal
12. NCPWB - National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau
13. NIST - National Institute of Standards and Technology
14. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
15. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 2
16. O SHA - Occupational Safety and Health Act
17. SMACNA - Duct Manuals
18. UL - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. The publications listed below form part of this specification; comply with provisions of these publications except as otherwise shown or specified. a. California Building Code, 2019.
b. California Electrical Code, 2019.
c. California Energy Code, 2019.
d. California Fire Code, 2019.
e. California Green Building Standards Code, 2019.
f. California Mechanical Code, 2019.
g. California Plumbing Code, 2019.
h. California Code of Regulations, Title 24.
i. California Health and Safety Code.
j. CAL-OSHA.
k. California State Fire Marshal, Title 19 CCR.
l. National Fire Protection Association.
m. Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
n. Other applicable state laws.
2. Nothing in Drawings or specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to these codes, or to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. It is not the intent of Drawings or specifications to repeat requirements of codes except where necessary for clarity.
1.4 DRAWINGS
A. Examine Drawings prior to bidding of work and report discrepancies in writing to Architect.
B. Drawings showing location of equipment and materials are diagrammatic and job conditions will not always permit installation in location shown. The HVAC Drawings show general arrangement of equipment and materials, etc., and shall be followed as closely as existing conditions, actual building construction, and work of other trades permit.
1. Architectural and Structural Drawings shall be considered part of the Work. These Drawings furnish Contractor with information relating to design and construction of the Project. Architectural Drawings take precedence over HVAC Drawings.
2. Because of the small scale of HVAC Drawings, not all offsets, fittings, and accessories required are shown. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting the Work and arrange Work accordingly. Provide offsets, fittings, and accessories required to meet conditions. Inform Architect immediately when job conditions do not permit installation of equipment and materials in the locations shown. Obtain the Architects approval prior to relocation of equipment and materials.
3. Relocate equipment and materials installed without prior approval of the Architect.
Remove and relocate equipment and materials at Contactors’ expense upon Architects’ direction.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 3
4. M inor changes in locations of equipment, piping, ducts, etc., from locations shown shall be made when directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner providing such change is ordered before such items of work, or work directly connected to same are installed and providing no additional material is required.
C. Execute work mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings, or vice versa, the same as if specifically mentioned or shown in both.
1.5 FEES AND PERMITS
A. Obtain and pay for permits and service required in installation of the Work. Arrange for required inspections and secure approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with requirements of Division 01.
B. Arrange for utility connections and pay charges incurred, including excess service charges.
C. Coordination:
1. General:
a. Coordinate HVAC Work with trades covered in other Specifications Sections to provide a complete, operable and sanitary installation of the highest quality workmanship.
2. Mechanical Coordination:
a. Coordinate with other trades equipment locations, pipe, duct and conduit runs, electrical outlets and fixtures, air inlets and outlets, and structural and architectural features. Provide information on location of piping and seismic bracing to other trades as required for a completely coordinated project.
1.6 SUBMITTALS - GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 01 Submittals Section(s) for additional requirements.
B. Submittal packages may be submitted via email as PDF electronic files, or as printed packages.
PDFs shall be legible at actual size (100 percent). Provide seven copies of printed submittal packages.
C. Provide submittal of materials proposed for use as part of this Project. Product names in Specifications and on Drawings are used as standards of quality. Furnish standard items on specified equipment at no extra cost to the Contract regardless of disposition of submittal data.
Other materials or methods shall not be used unless approved in writing by Architect. Architect's review will be required even though "or equal" or synonymous terms are used.
1. Partial or incomplete submittals will not be considered.
2. Quantities are Contractor's responsibility and will not be reviewed.
3. Provide materials of the same brand or manufacturer for each class of equipment or material.
4. Identify each item by manufacturer, brand, trade name, number, size, rating, or other data necessary to properly identify and review materials and equipment. Words "as specified" are not sufficient identification.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 4
5. I dentify each submittal item by reference to items’ Specification Section number and paragraph, by Drawing and detail number, and by unit tag number.
6. Organize submittals in same sequence as in Specification Sections.
7. Show physical arrangement, construction details, finishes, materials used in fabrications, provisions for piping entrance, access requirements for installation and maintenance, physical size, mechanical characteristics, foundation and support details, and weight. a. Submit Shop Drawings, performance curves, and other pertinent data, showing size and capacity of proposed materials.
b. Specifically indicate, by drawn detail or note, that equipment complies with each specifically stated requirement of Contract Documents.
c. Drawings shall be drawn to scale and dimensioned (except schematic diagrams).
Drawings may be prepared by vendor but must be submitted as instruments of Contractor, thoroughly checked and signed by Contractor before submission to Architect for review.
d. Catalog cuts and published material may be included with supplemental scaled drawings.
D. Review of submittals will be only for general conformance with design concept and general compliance with information given in Contract Documents. Review will not include quantities, dimensions, weights or gauges, fabrication processes, construction methods, coordination with work of other trades, or construction safety precautions, which are sole responsibility of Contractor. Review of a component of an assembly does not indicate acceptance of an assembly.
Deviations from Contract Documents not clearly identified by Contractor are Contractor’s responsibility and will not be reviewed by Architect.
E. Within reasonable time after award of contract and in ample time to avoid delay of construction, submit to Architect shop drawings or submittals on all items of equipment and materials provided.
Provide submittal as a complete package.
1. Shop drawings and submittals shall include Specification Section, Paragraph number, and Drawing unit symbol or detail number for reference. Organize submittals into booklets for each Specification section and submit in loose-leaf binders with index. Deviations from the Contract Documents shall be prominently displayed in the front of the submittal package and referenced to the applicable Contract requirement.
F. Furnish to the Project Inspector complete installation instructions on material and equipment before starting installation.
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for systems materials and products.
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings:
1. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
2. Upon completion of the Work, deliver to Architect the following:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 5
a. O riginals of drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. b. One complete set of reproducible drawings showing the Work exactly as installed. c. One compact disc with complete set of drawings in PDF format showing the Work exactly as installed.
d. Provide Contractor’s signature, verifying accuracy of record drawings. e. Obtain the signature of the Inspector of Record for Record Drawings.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of HVAC systems products, of types, materials, and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Contractor's Qualifications: Firm with at least 5 years of successful installation experience on projects with HVAC systems work similar to that required for this Project.
C. Comply with applicable portions of California Mechanical Code pertaining to selection and installation of HVAC materials and products.
D. All materials and products shall be new.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect equipment and materials delivered to Project site from weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt, dust and other contaminants.
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall visit Project site and examine existing conditions in order to become familiar with Project scope. Verify dimensions shown on Drawings at Project site. Bring discrepancies to the attention of Architect. Failure to examine Project site shall not constitute basis for claims for additional work because of lack of knowledge or location of hidden conditions that affect Project scope.
B. Information on Drawings relative to existing conditions is approximate. Deviations from Drawings necessary during progress of construction to conform to actual conditions shall be approved by the Architect and shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall be held responsible for damage caused to existing services. Promptly notify the Architect if services are found which are not shown on Drawings.
1.12 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Division 01 for warranty requirements, and duration and effective date of Contractor’s Standard Guarantee.
B. Repair or replace defective work, material, or part that appears within the warranty period, including damage caused by leaks.
C. On failure to comply with warranty requirements within a reasonable length of time after notification is given, Architect/Owner shall have repairs made at Contractor's expense.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 .1 GENERAL
A. Materials or equipment of the same type shall be of the same brand wherever possible. All materials shall be new and in first class condition.
B. All sizes, capacities, and efficiency ratings shown are minimum.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. No material installed as part of this Work shall contain asbestos.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING MATERIALS:
A. Remove existing equipment, piping, wiring, construction, etc., which interferes with Work of this Contract. Promptly return to service upon completion of work in the area. Replace items damaged by Contractor with new material to match existing.
B. Removed materials which will not be re-installed and which are not claimed by Owner shall become the property of Contractor and shall be removed from the Project site. Consult Owner before removing any material from the Project site. Carefully remove materials claimed by Owner to prevent damage and deliver to Owner-designated storage location.
C. Existing piping and wiring not reused and are concealed in building construction may be abandoned in place and all ends shall be capped or plugged. Remove unused piping and wiring exposed in Equipment Rooms or occupied spaces. Material shall be removed from the premises.
Disconnect power, water, gas, pump or any other active energy source from piping or electrical service prior to abandoning in place.
3.2 FRAMING, CUTTING, AND PATCHING
A. Special framing, recesses, chases and backing for Work of this Section, unless otherwise specified, are covered under other Specification Sections.
B. Contractor is responsible for placement of pipe sleeves, hangers, inserts, supports, and location of openings for the Work.
C. Cutting, patching, and repairing of existing construction to permit installation of equipment, and materials is the responsibility of Contractor. Repair or replace damage to existing work with skilled mechanics for each trade.
D. Cut existing concrete construction with a concrete saw. Do not utilize pneumatic devices.
E. Core openings through existing construction for passage of new piping and conduits. Cut holes of minimum diameter to suit size of pipe and associated insulation installed. Coordinate with building structure, and obtain Structural Engineer's approval prior to coring through existing construction.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5 /24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Basic HVAC Materials and Methods
Roseville, California 23 00 50 - 7
3.3 M ECHANICAL DEMOLITION
A. Refer to Division 01 Sections “Cutting and Patching” and “Selective Demolition” for general demolition requirements and procedures.
B. Disconnect, dismantle and remove mechanical systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. Coordinate with all other trades.
1. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and cap remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
2. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
3. Equipment to Be Removed: Drain down and cap remaining services and remove equipment.
4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.
5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality.
3.4 CERTIFICATES OF INSTALLATION
A. Contractor shall complete applicable “Certificates of Installation” forms contained in the California Building Energy Efficiency Standards and submit to the authorities having jurisdiction for approval and issuance of final occupancy permit, as described in the California Energy Code.
3.5 ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Contractor shall complete the applicable Acceptance Requirements for Code Compliance contained in the California Building Energy Efficiency Standards. Refer to T-24 compliance forms on Drawings for systems having Acceptance testing requirements. Contractor shall perform Acceptance tests and complete the appropriate “Certificates of Acceptance.” Submit certificates to the authorities having jurisdiction for approval and issuance of final occupancy permit.
Contractor shall engage certified HERS Rater to verify duct leakage rate for duct systems indicated on T-24 compliance forms on Drawings as requiring duct leakage rate testing. For additional duct leak testing requirements, refer to Section 238000, “Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning,” Article, “Ductwork Sealing and Leak Testing.” END OF SECTION 23 00 50
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 1
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC P
ART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Balancing Air Systems:
a. Constant-volume air systems.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC)
1. National Standards for Total System Balance, latest edition.
B. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB)
1. Procedural Standards for Testing and Balancing of Environmental Systems, latest edition.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. The intent of this Section is to use the standards pertaining to the TAB specialist engaged to perform the Work of this Contract, with additional requirements specified in this Section.
Contract requirements take precedence over corresponding AABC or NEBB standards requirements. Differences in terminology between the Specifications and the specified TAB organization standards do not relieve the TAB entity engaged to perform the Work of this Contract of responsibility from completing the Work as described in the Specifications.
B. Similar Terms: The following table is provided for clarification only:
Similar Terms
Contract Term AABC Term NEBB Term
TAB Specialist TAB Agency NEBB Certified Firm
TAB Standard National Standards for Testing
and Balancing Heating, Ventilat-
ing, and Air Conditioning Sys-
tems
Procedural Standards for Testing, Ad-
justing, and Balancing of Environ-
mental Systems
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 2
TAB Field Su-
p
ervisor
Test and Balance Engineer Test and Balance Supervisor
C. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
D. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
E. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
F. TAB Organization: Body governing practices of TAB Specialists.
G. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
B. Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
1. Provide list of similar projects completed by proposed TAB field supervisor.
2. Provide copy of completed TAB report, approved by mechanical engineer of record for a completed project with similar system types and of similar complexity.
C. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.
1. Submit examinations report with qualifications data.
D. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.
E. Interim Reports. Submit interim reports as specified in Part 3. Include list of system conditions requiring correction and problems not identified in Contract Documents examination report.
F. Certified TAB reports.
1. Provide three printed copies of final TAB report. Provide one electronic file copy in PDF format.
G. Sample report forms.
H. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 3
1. I nstrument type and make.
2. Serial number.
3. Application.
4. Dates of use.
5. Dates of calibration.
a. Instruments to be used for testing and balancing shall have been calibrated within a period of one year, or less if so recommended by instrument manufacturer and be checked for accuracy prior to start of work.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
B. Certified TAB reports, for inclusion in Operation and Maintenance Manual.
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Independent TAB Specialist Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC or NEBB.
1. The certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of TAB work for this Project.
If TAB specialist loses certification during this period, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Architect and submit another TAB specialist for approval. All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed by the TAB specialist shall be invalidated if the TAB specialist loses certification, and shall be performed by an approved successor.
B. To secure approval for the proposed TAB specialist, submit information certifying that the TAB specialist is either a first tier subcontractor engaged and paid by the Contractor, or is engaged and paid directly by the Owner. TAB specialist shall not be affiliated with any other entity participating in Work of this Contract, including design, furnishing equipment, or construction.
In addition, submit evidence of the following:
1. TAB Field Supervisor: Full-time employee of the TAB specialist and certified by AABC or NEBB.
a. TAB field supervisor shall have minimum 10 years supervisory experience in TAB work.
2. TAB Technician: Full-time employee of the TAB specialist and who is certified by AABC or NEBB as a TAB technician.
a. TAB technician shall have minimum 4 years TAB field experience.
C. TAB Specialist engaged to perform TAB work in this Project shall be a business limited to and specializing in TAB work, or in TAB work and Commissioning.
D. TAB specialist engaged to perform TAB work shall not also perform commissioning activities on this Project.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 4
E. C ertified TAB field supervisor or certified TAB technician shall be present at the Project site at all times when TAB work is performed.
1. TAB specialist shall maintain at the Project site a minimum ratio of one certified field supervisor or technician for each non-certified employee at times when TAB work is being performed.
F. Contractor shall notify Architect in writing within three days of receiving direction resulting in reduction of test and balance scope or other deviations from Contract Documents. Deviations from the TAB plan shall be approved in writing by the mechanical engineer of record for the Project.
G. TAB Standard:
1. Perform TAB work in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which the TAB agencies’ qualifications are approved unless Specifications contain different or more stringent requirements:
a. AABC National Standards for Total System Balance, or b. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems.
2. All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB standard are mandatory. Use provisions of the TAB standard, including checklists and report forms, to the extent to which they are applicable to this Project.
3. Testing, adjusting, balancing procedures, and reporting required for this Project, and not covered by the TAB standard applicable to the TAB specialist engaged to perform the Work of this Contract, shall be submitted for approval by the design engineer.
H. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports.
2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification.
I. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB specialist's forms approved by Architect .
J. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation."
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times.
B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed.
C. Coordinate TAB work with work of other trades.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 5
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
P
ART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Contract Documents Examination Report:
1. TAB specialist shall review Contract Documents, including plans and specifications.
Provide report listing conditions that would prevent the system(s) from operating in accordance with the sequence of operations specified, or would prevent accurate testing and balancing:
a. Identify each condition requiring correction using equipment designation shown on Drawings. Provide room number, nearest building grid line intersection, or other information necessary to identify location of condition requiring correction. b. Proposed corrective action necessary for proper system operation.
B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.
C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
F. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
G. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
H. Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
I. Report conditions requiring correction discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures.
J. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 6
3.2 P REPARATION
A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. TAB plan shall be specific to Project and include the following:
1. General description of each air system and sequence(s) of operation.
2. Complete list of measurements to be performed.
3. Complete list of measurement procedures. Specify types of instruments to be utilized and method of instrument application.
4. Qualifications of personnel assigned to Project.
5. Single-line CAD drawings reflecting all test locations (terminal units, grilles, diffusers, traverse locations, etc.
6. Air terminal correction factors for the following:
a. Air terminal configuration.
b. Flow direction (supply or return/exhaust).
c. Effective area of each size and type of air terminal. d. Air density.
B. Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
1. Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
2. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
4. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided.
5. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met.
3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" or NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and in this Section.
B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts.
2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 238000 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.”
C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 7
3.4 G ENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.
B. Test each system to verify building or space operating pressure, including all stages of economizer cycle. Maximum building pressure shall not exceed 0.03 inches of pressure.
C. Except as specifically indicated in this Specification, Pitot tube traverses shall be made of each duct to measure airflow. Pitot tubes, associated instruments, traverses, and techniques shall conform to ASHRAE Handbook, HVAC Applications, and ASHRAE Handbook, HVAC Systems and Equipment.
1. Use state-of-the-art instrumentation approved by TAB specialists governing agency..
2. Where ducts’ design velocity and air quantity are both less than 1000 fpm/CFM, air quantity may be determined by measurements at terminals served.
D. Test holes shall be placed in straight duct, as far as possible downstream from elbow, bends, take-offs, and other turbulence-generating devices.
E. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow measurements.
F. Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
G. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
H. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
I. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
J. Check for airflow blockages.
K. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
L. Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.
M. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 238000 “Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning.”
N. Provide for adjustments or modifications to fan and motor sheaves, belts, damper linkages, and other components as required to achieve specified air balance at no additional cost to Owner.
O. Automatically operated dampers shall be adjusted to operate as indicated in Contract Documents. Controls shall be checked for proper calibration.
3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 8
1. M easure total airflow.
a. Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. Alternative methods shall be examined for determining total CFM, i.e., Pitot-tube traversing of branch ducts, coil or filter velocity profiles, prior to utilizing airflow values at terminal outlets and inlets.
2. Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:
a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet.
c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions.
d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan.
3. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured.
4. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps, heat- recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.
5. Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions.
6. Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance.
7. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full- heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.
B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
1. Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.
a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.
2. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 9
3. R emeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
C. Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading digital backflow compensating hood. Use outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors only when direct- reading hood cannot be used due to physical obstruction or other limiting factors. Final report shall indicate where values listed have not been obtained by direct measurement.
D. Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals.
1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents, if included.
2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. Terminal air velocity at five feet above finished floor shall not exceed 50 feet per minute in occupied air conditioned spaces.
E. Do not overpressurize ducts.
3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:
1. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
2. Motor horsepower rating.
3. Motor rpm.
4. Efficiency rating.
5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
7. Starter manufacturer’s name, model number, size, type, and thermal-protection-element rating.
a. Starter strip heater size, type, and rating.
3.7 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused.
1. Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan.
2. Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information.
3. Check the condition of filters.
4. Check the condition of coils.
5. Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate-drain trap.
6. Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication.
7. Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken. Report conditions requiring correction.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 10
B. B efore performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished.
Verify the following:
1. New filters are installed.
2. Coils are clean and fins combed.
3. Drain pans are clean.
4. Fans are clean.
5. Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated.
6. Conditions requiring correction noted in the preconstruction report are corrected.
C. Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the renovation work.
1. Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils.
2. Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment manufacturer.
3. If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required.
4. Balance each air outlet.
3.8 TOLERANCES
A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 10 percent and minus 0 percent .
2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus 5 percent and minus 5 percent .
3. Multiple outlets within single room: Plus 5 percent and minus 0 percent for total airflow within room. Tolerance for individual outlets within a single room having multiple outlets shall be as for “Air Outlets and Inlets”.
3.9 FINAL REPORT
A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems.
1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing field supervisor. Report shall be co-signed by the Contractor, attesting that he has reviewed the report, and the report has been found to be complete and accurate.
2. The certification sheet shall be followed by sheet(s) listing items for which balancing objectives could not be achieved. Provide explanation for failure to achieve balancing objectives for each item listed.
3. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 11
1. M anufacturers' test data.
2. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
3. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data.
C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1. Title page.
2. Name and address of the TAB specialist.
3. Project name.
4. Project location.
5. Project Performance Guaranty
6. Architect's name and address.
7. Engineer's name and address.
8. Contractor's name and address.
9. Report date.
10. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
11. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report.
Number each page in the report.
12. Summary of contents including the following:
a. Indicated versus final performance.
b. Notable characteristics of systems.
c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents.
13. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
a. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following:
1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
E. Air distribution outlets and inlets shall be shown on keyed plans with designation for each outlet and inlet matching designation used in Contract Documents and TAB test reports. Room numbers shall be included in keyed plans and test reports. Where multiple outlets and inlets are installed within a single room, a designation shall be assigned and listed for each outlet and inlet in addition to room number.
F. Test Reports – General:
1. All test reports containing air or liquid flow data shall record flow values prior to system adjustment in addition to required data listed for each test report.
G. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1. Fan Data:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 12
a. S ystem identification.
b. Location.
c. Make and type.
d. Model number and size.
e. Manufacturer's serial number.
f. Arrangement and class.
g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
h. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches.
2. Motor Data:
a. Motor make, and frame type and size.
b. Horsepower and rpm.
c. Volts, phase, and hertz.
d. Full-load amperage and service factor.
e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
f. Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number, make, and size of belts.
3. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Total airflow rate in cfm.
b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c. Fan rpm.
d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e. Suction static pressure in inches wg.
H. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
1. Report Data:
a. System and air-handling-unit number.
b. Location and zone.
c. Traverse air temperature in deg F.
d. Duct static pressure in inches wg.
e. Duct size in inches.
f. Duct area in sq. ft..
g. Indicated air flow rate in cfm.
h. Indicated velocity in fpm.
i. Actual air flow rate in cfm.
j. Actual average velocity in fpm.
k. Barometric pressure in psig.
I. Air-Terminal-Device Reports:
1. Unit Data:
a. System and air-handling unit identification.
b. Location and zone.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 13
c. A pparatus used for test.
d. Area served.
e. Make.
f. Number from system diagram.
g. Type and model number.
h. Size.
i. Effective area in sq. ft.
2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a. Air flow rate in cfm.
b. Air velocity in fpm.
c. Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm.
d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm.
e. Final air flow rate in cfm.
f. Final velocity in fpm.
g. Space temperature in deg F.
J. Instrument Calibration Reports:
1. Report Data:
a. Instrument type and make.
b. Serial number.
c. Application.
d. Dates of use.
e. Dates of calibration.
3.10 INSPECTIONS
A. Final Inspection:
1. After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by Architect .
2. The TAB specialist's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the presence of Architect .
3. Architect shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day.
4. If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than 10 percent, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED."
5. If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected.
B. TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails, proceed as follows:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC Roseville, California 23 05 93 - 14
1. R echeck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection.
2. If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contact the TAB specialists’ governing organization for remedial action by the governing organization under the workmanship and performance warranty. See article, Warranty.
3. If remedial action is not provided by the TAB specialists’ governing organization in a timely manner, Owner may contract the services of another TAB specialist to complete the TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB specialists’ final payment.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION 230593
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 1
SECTION 23 80 00 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING P
ART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Air inlets and outlets.
2. Dampers.
3. Ductwork.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
C. Section 23 05 93, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated, dimensions, weight, corner or mounting point weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start-up instructions. Product data shall include applicable product listings and standards. Refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Material and Methods for additional requirements.
C. Engineering Data: Submit fan curves and sound power level data for each fan unit. Data shall be at the scheduled capacity. Data shall include the name of the rating agency or independent laboratory.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. For additional requirements, refer to Section 23 00 50, Basic HVAC Materials and Methods.
B. Record Drawings: Submit Record Drawings of installed ductwork, duct accessories, and outlets and inlets in accordance with requirements of Division 01.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 2
1.7 Q UALITY ASSURANCE
A. Design Criteria:
1. Supply all equipment and accessories in accordance with requirements of applicable national, state and local codes.
2. All items of a given type shall be products of the same manufacturer.
3. Scheduled equipment performance is minimum capacity required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Insulation products, including insulation, insulation facings, jackets, adhesives, sealants and coatings shall not contain polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in penta, octa, or deca formulations in amounts greater than 0.1 percent (by mass).
2.2 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard inlets and outlets where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation.
B. Ceiling, wall or floor Compatibility: Provide inlets and outlets with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling, wall or floor systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling, wall or floor module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems that will contain each type of air outlet and inlet.
C. Refer to Schedule on Mechanical Drawings for details of inlets and outlets to be used.
2.3 DAMPERS
A. Manual Air and Balance Dampers: Provide dampers of single blade type or multi-blade type constructed in accordance with SMACNA, "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," except as noted herein.
1. Rectangular Ductwork:
a. Single damper blades may be used in ducts up to 10 inches in height. Dampers shall be 16 gauge minimum. Provide self-locking regulators, equal to Ventlok 641.
Provide end bearings equal to Ventlok 607 at each damper. Provide continuous solid 3/8 inch square shafts.
b. Multiple blade dampers shall be equal to Ruskin CD35 Standard Control Damper.
Maximum width for multiple damper blades for use in rectangular duct shall not exceed 6 inches.
c. Where duct velocity may be expected to exceed 1500 fpm, provide Ruskin CD-50, or equal, low leakage dampers with airfoil blades.
2. Round Ductwork:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 3
a. S ingle damper blades may be used in ducts up to 12 inches in diameter. Provide multiple blade opposed blade dampers, with connected linkage, for ductwork larger than 12 inches in diameter.
b. Damper blades for round ductwork shall be 20 gauge steel for ducts up to 12 inches diameter and 16 gauge steel for dampers larger than 12 inches damper. Provide self- locking regulators, equal to Ventlok 641, Durodyne, or equal for operation of dampers. Provide end bearings equal to Ventlok 607 and provide continuous solid 3/8 inch square shafts.
3. Where ductwork is externally insulated, provide self-locking regulators equal to Ventlok 644, Durodyne, or equal for rectangular ductwork, and Ventlok 637, Durodyne, or equal for round ducts.
2.4 DUCTWORK
A. Construct and install sheet metal ductwork in accordance with the California Mechanical Code for 2 inches static pressure for supply air, and 2 inches minimum for return and exhaust air unless otherwise noted on Drawings.
1. Where not in conflict with the California Mechanical Code, construct and install all sheet metal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal and Flexible). Where applicable for HVAC work, construct and install sheet metal work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
2. Provide variations in duct size, and additional duct fittings as required to clear obstructions and maintain clearances as approved by the Architect at no extra cost to the Owner.
3. Gauges, joints and bracing shall be in accordance with the California Mechanical Code.
4. Provide beading or cross breaking for all ductwork inside building. Provide cross breaking for ductwork exposed to weather.
5. At the contractor's option, ductwork may be fabricated using the Ductmate, Nexus, Quickduct, Transverse Duct Connection (TDC), Pyramid-Loc duct connection systems, or equal. Fabricate in strict conformance with manufacturer's written installation instructions and in accordance with California Mechanical Code.
a. Seal flanged ends with pressure sensitive high density, closed cell neoprene or polyethylene tape gasket, Thermo 440, or equal.
b. Provide metal clips for duct connections, except at breakaway connections for fire dampers and fire smoke dampers. Provide corner clips at each corner of duct, through bolted, at all locations except at breakaway connections for fire dampers and fire smoke dampers. Where used on locations exposed to weather, provide continuous metal clip at top and sides of duct, with 1 inch overhang for top side.
B. Design and installation standards:
1. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) for all work in this section.
2. NFPA Compliance: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and ANSI/NFPA 90B, "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
3. California Mechanical Code.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 4
C. D uct sizes indicated are external sizes.
D. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality, ASTM A924 and ASTM A653, Coating Designation G 90. Provide mill phosphatized finish for exposed surfaces of ducts exposed to view.
1. Provide mill certification for galvanized material at request of the Project Inspector.
E. Duct Sealants:
1. Sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less.
2. Sealant shall comply with testing and product requirements of South Coast Air Quality Management District, Rule 1168.
3. Provide one part, non-sag, synthetic latex sealant, formulated with a minimum of 68 percent solids. Sealant shall comply with ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
1) Design Polymerics, model DP1010.
2) Polymer Adhesive Sealant Systems Inc, model Airseal #11. 3) McGill Airseal, LLC.
F. Duct Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot-dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, straps, trim, and angles for support of ductwork.
G. Rectangular Duct Fabrication:
1. Shop fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with the more stringent of the following standards, except as noted herein.
a. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards
b. California Mechanical Code
2. Fabricate ducts for 2 inch pressure class with minimum duct gauges and reinforcement as follows, except as otherwise noted:
Table A
Duct Dimension Minimum Gauge Joint Reinforcement Per CMC Through 12" 26 Not Required
13" through 18" 24 Not Required
19" through 30" 24 C/4
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 5
31" through 42" 2 2 E/4
3. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts and to comply with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows with center-line radius equal to 1.5 times associated duct width. Fabricate to include single thickness turning vane in elbows where space does not permit the above radius or where square elbows are shown. Limit angular tapers to 30 degrees for contracting tapers and 20 degrees for expanding tapers. Turning vanes shall be E-Z Rail II, Durodyne, or equal.
4. Fabricate round supply connections at rectangular, plenum type fittings using spin-in type fittings, complete with extractor and volume control damper. Refer to Paragraph “DAMPERS” for damper requirements.
5. Provide drive slip or equivalent flat seams for ducts exposed in the conditioned space or where necessary due to space limitations. On ducts with flat seams, provide standard reinforcing on inside of duct. Duct connection to outlet on exposed duct shall be full size of outer perimeter of outlet flange.
6. Ducts exposed in the conditioned space shall be free of dents and blemishes and be mounted tight against adjacent surface with flat hangers. Remove all fabrication labels from ductwork.
7. Provide 20 gauge minimum for ductwork exposed within occupied spaces.
H. Round and Oval Ductwork Fabrication:
1. Round and oval duct and fittings shall be spiral lockseam or longitudinal seam as indicated in table below. Provide couplings to join each length of duct. a. At contractors’ option, round or oval ductwork may be utilized in place of rectangular ductwork shown on Drawings, provided available space allows installation of round or oval ductwork without compromising space required for installation of products and systems of other trades.
1) Round or oval ductwork utilized in place of rectangular ductwork shown on Drawings shall be sized to have a static pressure loss equivalent to rectangular duct shown on Drawings.
2) Unlined round or oval duct shall not be utilized in place of rectangular internally lined ductwork shown on Drawings.
2. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts and to comply with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows with center-line radius equal to 1.5 times associated duct width. Provide two-piece, die-stamped, 45-degree to 90-degree elbows for sizes up to 12 inches; five-piece, 90-degree elbows for sizes 12 inches and above; conical tees; and conical laterals. All reducers shall be placed after a tap has been made on the duct main. Reducers shall be long-taper style.
3. Round Ductwork: Construct of galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A 653 by the following methods and in minimum gauges listed.
Diameter
Minimum Gauge Method of Manufacture
Up to 14" 26 Spiral Lockseam
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 6
15" to 23" 2 4 Spiral Lockseam
24" to 36" 22 Spiral Lockseam
4. Provide locked seams for spiral duct; fusion welded butt seam for longitudinal seam duct.
5. Fittings and Couplings: Construct of minimum gauges listed. Provide continuous welds along seams at exposed ducts. Provide spot weld bonded seams at concealed ducts.
Diameter Minimum Gauge
3" to 36" 20
6. Ducts exposed in the conditioned space shall be free of dents and blemishes and be mounted tight against adjacent surface with flat hangers. Remove all fabrication labels from ductwork.
7. Provide 20 gauge minimum for ductwork exposed within occupied spaces.
I. Duct Access Doors:
1. Duct Access: Provide hinged access door in rectangular ducts for access to fire dampers, control equipment, etc. Access door size shall be duct diameter wide by duct diameter high for all ducts under 24 inches. Ducts over 24 inches in diameter shall have 24-inch by 18-inch access doors. Minimum size access doors shall be 6 inches by 6 inches.
2. Provide hinged style access doors for round ductwork, NCA Manufacturing, Inc., Model AD-RD-87, Pottorff Series 60, or equal. Access doors shall be 16 gauge galvanized steel with continuous piano hinge. Locks shall be plated steel strike and catch. Provide 1" x 3/8" Polyethylene "Perma Stik" gasket all around door.
J. Flexible Air Ducts:
1. Provide exterior reinforced laminated vapor barrier, fiberglass insulation, encapsulated spring steel wire Helix, and impervious, smooth, non-perforated interior vinyl liner.
Individual lengths of flexible ducts shall contain factory fabricated steel connection collars. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following, or equal:
1) C.A. Schroeder, Inc., Cal Flex model 2PMJ.
2) ThermaFlex model M KC.
2. Factory made air ducts shall be approved for the use intended and shall conform to the requirements of UL 181 and NFPA 90A. Each portion of a factory-made air duct system shall be identified by the manufacturer with a label or other suitable identification indicating compliance with UL 181, Class 1. Ducts shall be UL listed Class 1, maximum 25/50 smoke and flame spread and shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and the requirements of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal and Flexible). Factory-made air ducts shall have the following minimum R-values: R-6.0 for Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 7
ductwork installed within the building insulation envelope, R-8.0 for ductwork installed o
utside the building insulation envelope.
3. Flexible ductwork shall be maximum of 5 feet long, and shall be extended to the fullest possible length, in order to minimize pressure drop in the duct.
4. Flexible ducts shall be selected for minimum of 6 inch positive static pressure and minimum of 1 inch negative static pressure.
5. Duct Access Panels:
a. Provide duct access panel assembly of the same material and gauge used for the duct. Duct access panels shall conform to the following:
1) Fasteners: Black steel or stainless steel to match material used for the duct.
Panel fasteners shall not penetrate duct wall.
2) Gasket: Comply with NFPA 96, grease-tight, high temperature ceramic fiber, rated for minimum 1500 °F.
K. Shower exhaust ducts: Provide ducts and supports from stainless steel for a length of 20 feet from exhaust grille or register.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS INSTALLATION
A. Provide all air inlets and outlets with gaskets and install so that there will be no streaking of the walls or ceilings due to leakage. Duct connection to outlet on exposed duct shall be full size of outer perimeter of outlet flange.
B. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, provide rectangular galvanized steel plenum on top of each diffuser and ceiling return for connection to ductwork. Line plenum with internal insulation as indicated for lined ductwork. Size plenum to allow full opening into air terminal. Plenum sheet metal gauge shall be equal to gauge for rectangular equivalent of the branch duct serving the air inlet or outlet.
C. Ceiling-mounted air inlets, outlets, or other services installed in T-Bar type ceiling systems shall be positively attached to the ceiling suspension main runners or to cross runners with the same carrying capacity as the main runners.
1. Air inlets, outlets, or other services weighing not more than 56 pounds shall have two No. 12 gauge hangers connected from the terminal or service to the structure above. These wires may be slack.
2. Support air inlets, outlets, or other services weighing more than 56 pounds directly from the structure above by approved hangers. Provide 4 taut 12 gauge wires each, attached to the fixture and to the structure above. The 4 taut 12 gauge wires, including their attachment to the structure above must be capable of supporting 4 times the weight of the unit.
3. Secure air inlets and outlets to main runners of ceiling suspension system with two No. 8 sheet metal screws at opposing corners.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 8
D. F urnish all air inlets and outlets with a baked prime coat unless otherwise noted. Provide off-white baked enamel finish on ceiling-mounted air inlets and outlets. Paint exposed mounting screws to match the material being secured.
E. Air inlets and outlets shall match all qualities of these specified including appearance, throw, noise level, adjustability, etc.
3.2 DAMPER INSTALLATION
A. All dampers automatically controlled by damper motors are specified under "Temperature Control System" except those specified with items of equipment.
B. Provide opposed blade manual air dampers at each branch duct connection and at locations indicated on the drawings and where necessary to control air flow for balancing system. Provide an opposed blade balancing damper in each zone supply duct. Provide an access panel or Ventlok flush type damper regulator on ceiling or wall for each concealed damper.
C. Provide 18 inch x 12 inch minimum hinged access doors in ductwork and furring for easy access to each fire damper; insulated access doors in insulated ducts. Label access doors with 1/2 inch high red letters.
1. Provide Ventlok Series 100, Durodyne, or equal access doors with hardware for convenient access to all automatic dampers and other components of the system, insulated type in insulated ducts. Provide Ventlok #202 for light duty up to 2 inch thick doors, #260 heavy- duty up to 2 inch thick doors and #310 heavy-duty for greater than 2 inch thick doors.
Provide #260 hinges on all hinged and personnel access doors; include gasketing.
3.3 DUCTWORK INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air tight and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections within 1/8 inch misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth.
Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers, and anchors of type which will hold ducts true to shape and to prevent buckling. Where possible, install ductwork to clear construction by 1/4 inch minimum, except at air inlets and outlets. Where ductwork will not clear construction, secure duct firmly to eliminate noise in the system.
2. Duct Joints: Install duct sealers, pop rivets or sheet metal screws at each fitting and joint.
Duct sealers shall be fire retardant. Sheet metal screws for joints shall be minimum #10 size galvanized.
3. Where ductwork is left exposed within a room, the same shall be run true to plumb, horizontal, or intended planes. Where possible, uniform margins are to be maintained between parallel lines and/or adjacent wall, floor, or ceiling surfaces.
4. Horizontal runs of ductwork suspended from ceilings shall provide for a maximum headroom clearance. The clearance shall not be less than 6'-6" without written approval from the Architect.
5. Provide sheet metal angle frame at all duct penetrations to wall, floor, roof, or ceiling.
6. Paint inside of ducts, visible through grille, dull black.
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 9
7. W here ductwork is installed in finished areas of buildings that do not have ceilings, paint ductwork, support hangers, and air inlets and outlets to match adjacent architectural surfaces, or as directed by Architect.
8. At the time of rough installation, or during storage on the construction site and until final startup of the heating and cooling equipment, duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheet metal, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency.
B. Upper connection of support to wood structure shall be with wood screws or lag screws in shear fastened in the upper one half of the wood structural member. Fasteners shall conform to the following schedule:
For ducts with P/2=30" #10 x 1-1/2" wood screw
For ducts with P/2=72" 1/4"x 1-1/2" lag screw
For ducts with P/2 over 73" 3/8"x 1-1/2" lag screw
C. Upper connection in tension to wood shall not be used unless absolutely necessary. Where deemed necessary the contractor shall submit calculations to show the size fastener and penetration required to support loads in tension from wood in accordance with the following schedule:
For ducts with P/2=30" 260 pounds per hanger
For ducts with P/2=72" 320 pounds per hanger
For ducts with P/2=96" 460 pounds per hanger
For duct with P/2 larger than 120" NOT ALLOWED
D. Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct plus insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gauge as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.
E. Support ductwork in manner complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," hangers and supports sections. Where special hanging of ductwork is detailed or shown on Drawings, Drawings shall be followed. Angles shall be attached to overhead construction in a manner so as to allow a minimum of 2 inches of movement in all directions with no bending or sagging of the angle.
1. Except where modified in individual paragraphs of this Section, provide hanger support with minimum 18 gauge straps, 1 inch wide. Fold duct strap over at bottom of duct.
2. Install duct supports to rectangular ducts with sheet metal screws. Provide one screw at top of duct and one screw into strap at bottom of duct.
F. Installation of Flexible Ductwork:
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 10
1. P rovide flexible ducts with supports at 30 inch centers with 2 inch wide, 26 gauge steel hanger collar attached to the structure with an approved duct hanger. Installation shall minimize sharp radius turns or offsets.
a. Supports shall be in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal and Flexible).
b. Flexible duct bends shall be not less than 1-1/2 duct diameter bend radius.
2. Make connections to rigid duct and units with Panduit style draw band at inner liner material, and a second draw band over the outer vapor barrier material.
3. Make connection to duct with spin-in fittings, with air scoop and balance damper.
G. Installation of Shower Exhaust Ducts:
1. Slope duct a minimum of 1 percent to drain back to the exhaust grille.
3.4 DUCTWORK SEALING AND LEAK TESTING
A. All ductwork shall receive a Class A seal.
B. Seal airtight all joints and seams, including standing seams and manufactured joints and seams, of all supply, return and exhaust ducts except those exposed in conditioned space.
C. Leakage Classes:
Pressure Class
Leakage Class
Round Duct Rectangular Duct
2"W.G. or less 8 16
4"W.G. or greater 2 4
D. All duct systems (supply, return, outside air intake, and exhaust), except those identified on compliance forms on Drawings as requiring Acceptance Testing per the requirements of the California Energy Code, shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of SMACNA “HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.” Test pressure shall be equal to the pressure class of the duct. For additional duct leak testing requirements, refer to Section 230050, “Basic HVAC Materials and Methods,” Article, “Acceptance Requirements.”
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. General: Support ductwork, equipment and piping so that it is firmly held in place by approved iron hangers and supports, and special hangers. Hanger and support components shall support weight of ductwork, equipment and pipe, fluid, and pipe insulation based on spacing between supports with minimum factor of safety of five based on ultimate strength of material used. Do not exceed manufacturer's load rating. Pipe attachments or hangers, of same size as pipe or tubing on which used, or nearest available. Rigidly fasten hose faucets, fixture stops, compressed air outlets, and similar items to the building construction. The Architect shall approve hanger material before installation. Where building structural members do not match piping and Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 11
ductwork support spacing, provide “bridging” support members firmly attached to building s
tructural members in a fashion approved by the structural engineer.
1. Materials, design, and type numbers for support of piping per Manufacturers' Standardization Society (MSS), Standard Practice (SP)-58. a. Provide copper-plated or felt-lined hangers for use on uninsulated copper tubing.
2. Materials and design for ductwork support shall be per SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible.”
B. Hanger components shall be provided by one manufacturer: B-Line, Grinnell, Unistrut, Badger, or equal.
C. Duct Hanger and Support Spacing: Conform to Requirements of CMC and SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible.”
D. Duct Support to Structure:
1. Upper connection of support to wood structure shall be with wood screws or lag screws in shear fastened in the upper one half of the wood structural member. Fasteners shall conform to the following schedule:
For ducts with P/2=30" #10 x 1-1/2" wood screw
For ducts with P/2=72" 1/4"x 1-1/2" lag screw
For ducts with P/2 over 73" 3/8"x 1-1/2" lag screw
2. Upper connection in tension to wood shall not be used unless absolutely necessary. Where deemed necessary the contractor shall submit calculations to show the size fastener and penetration required to support loads in tension from wood in accordance with the following schedule:
For ducts with P/2=30" 260 pounds per hanger
For ducts with P/2=72" 320 pounds per hanger
For ducts with P/2=96" 460 pounds per hanger
For duct with P/2 larger than 120" NOT ALLOWED
3. Install concrete inserts for support of ductwork in coordination with formwork as required to avoid delays in work.
4. Upper connection to manufactured truss construction must comply with truss manufacturers published requirements and Structural Engineers requirements.
3.6 TESTING AND BALANCING
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
5/24/2022
C
ity of Roseville 05/2022
Johnson Pool Remodel Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Roseville, California 23 80 00 - 12
A. F or testing and balancing requirements, refer to Section 23 05 93, Testing and Balancing for HVAC.
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. As each duct section is installed, clean interior of ductwork of dust and debris. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances that might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or where ductwork is to be painted.
B. Strip protective paper from stainless steel ductwork surfaces, and repair finish wherever it has been damaged.
C. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts that are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering that will prevent entrance of dust and debris until connections are to be completed.
D. As each internally lined duct section is installed, check internal lining for small cuts, tears, or abrasions. Repair all damage with fire retardant adhesive.
END OF SECTION 23 80 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Re-Bid
Johnson Poolhouse Renovations
September 21, 2022
Section 31 10 00: Clearing and Grubbing